CIHM
Microfiche
Series
(IMonographs)

ICIMH

Collection de
microfiches
(monographies)

Canadian Instituta for Historical IMIcroraproductiont / Institut Canadian da microraproductions historiquas

Technical and Bibliographic Notes / Notes techniques et bibllographiques

The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original
copy available for filming. Features of this copy which
may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of
the Images in the reproduction, or which may
significantly change the usual method of filming are
checked below.

D
[Zl

D
D
D

Coloured covers /
Couverture de couleur

Covers damaged /
Couverture endommagte

Covers restored and/or laminated /
Couverture restaur^ et/ou pellicula

Cover title missing / Le titre de couverture manque

Coloured maps / Cartes g^ographiques en couleur

Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black) /
Encre de couleur (I.e. autre que bleue ou noire)

Cok}ured plates and/or illustrations /
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur

Bound with other material /
Relid avec d'autres documents

Only edition available /
Seule Mitton disponible

Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along
Interior margin / La reliure serrte peut causer de
I'ombre ou de la distorsion le long de la marge
int^rieure.

Blank leaves added during restorations may appear
within the text. Whenever possible, these have been
omitted from filming / Use peut que certaines pages
blanches ajout^es lors d'une restauration
apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela itait
possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6t6 film^es.

L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a
6\6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exem-
plaire qui sont peut-6tre uniques du point de vue bibli-
ographique, qui peuvent nxxJifier une image reproduite,
ou qui peuvent exiger une modifk:ation dans la metho-
ds nomiale de filmage sont indiqu^s ci-dessous.

I I Coloured pages / Pages de couleur

I I Pages damaged / Pages endommagdes

Pages restored and/or laminated /
Pages restaurtes et/ou pellteul^es

Pages discotoured, stained or foxed /
Pages dteolortes, tachet^es ou piques

I I Pages detached/ Pages d6tach6es

[v^ Showthrough/ Transparence

I I Quality of print varies /

D
D

Quality in^gale de I'lmpression

Includes supplementary material /
Comprend du materiel suppl^mentaire

Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips,
tissues, etc.. have been refilmed to ensure the best
possible image / Les pages totalement ou
partiellement obscurcles par un feuillet d'errata. une
pelure. etc.. ont 6t6 filmtes h nouveau de fa9on k
obtenir la meilleure image possible.

Opposing pages with varying colouration or
discotourattons are filmed twice to ensure the best
possible image / Les pages s'opposant ayant des
colorations variables ou des decolorations sont
filmtes deux fois afin d'obtenir la meilleure image
possible.

Addittonal comments /
Commentaires suppl^mentaires:

Various pagfngs.

This Kwn ■• film«d at tt.a raduction ratio chackad balow /

Ca documant ast fllm^ au taux de rMuction Indlqui el-deasotn.

lOx

14x

18x

12x

16x

20x

22x

2ex

30x

24x

28x

32x

The copy filmed h«r« hu b—n raproducad thank*
to tha ganaroaity of:

National Library of Canada

L'axamplaira film* fut raproduit grica k la
g4n4ro8iti da:

Bibliotheque nationals du Canada

Tha imagaa appaaring hara ara tha baat quality
poaaibia eonaidaring tha condition and lagibility
of tha original copy and in kaaping with tha
filming contract apacifieationa.

Original copiaa in printad papar covara ara fiimad
beginning with tha front covar and anding on
tha laat paga with a printad or illuatratad impraa-
aion. or tha back covar whan appropriata. All
othar original copiaa ara fiimad beginning on tha
firat paga with a printad or illuatratad impraa-
aion. and anding on tha laat paga with a printad
or illuatratad impraaaion.

Tha laat recorded frame on eech microfiche
aheil contain tha symbol ^^ (meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or tha symbol ▼ Imeening "END").
whichever appliaa.

Mapa. plataa. charts, etc.. may be filmed at
different reduction ratioa. Those too large to be
entirely included in one expoaura ara filmed
beginning In the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, aa many framea aa
required. The following diagrama illuatrata the
method:

Lea imagea suivantea ont At* raproduitcs avac la
plus grand soin. compta tenu de la condition at
da la nenet* de t'exemplaira film*, et an
conformita avac lea eonditiona du contrat de
fiimage.

Lea exemplairaa originaux dont la couvarture an
papier eat Imprimie sent filmis en commenpant
par la premier plet et en terminant soit par la
darniAre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'Impreasion ou d'illustration. soit par la second
plat, salon la caa. Toua las autrea axemplairas
originaux sont fllmAa an commenpant par la
premiere page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impreaaion ou d'illuatration at en terminant par
la derni*re paga qui comporte une telle
empreinte.

Un dee aymbolaa suivants tpparaltra sur la
derni«re image de cheque microfiche, salon le
cea: le symbole -» signifia "A SUIVRE", la
symbola V signifie "FIN".

Lea cartea. planchea. tableaux, etc.. peuvent itre
film«a A dee taux de reduction diff*rents.
Lorsque le document Mt trop grand pour *tra
reproduit en un seul clich*. 11 est film* * partir
da I'angle supArieur gauche, de gauche i droita.
at de haut an baa. en prenant la nombre
d'imegea nicassaire. Las diagrammes suivants
illuatrent la mathode.

MKMCOrr RBOIUTION TUT CHART

(ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2)

^ APPLIED IM/OE

.^^S*. 1653 East Moin Stretl

__.« 1653 East Moin Stretl
^^ RochMttr, New York 14609 USA
-^ (716) 482 - 0300 - Phon.
(716) 288-5989 ~ Fa,

MrW^

CANADA

r DEPARTMENT OF MINES

Bim. PJB Blommiw Munma: R. G. McComBix, Dmmr Mmirnu.

GEOLOGICAL &JRVEY

Na 7ft, Gmlooiqu. Siun

Yoiir Mining Gamp,
British Columbia

GhMlM WalM ntytteto

OTTAWA

NftMt

CANADA

DEPARTMENT OF MINES
Hon. p. 1. BtoKom, Mimaru; It G. McComnu, Dv«n Mmwrs'

GEOLOGICAL 8ITRVEY

No. 76, Gboloqical Sunt

Ymir Mining Camp,
British Colun?bia

av
CaiarlM WalM Drytdato

OTTAWA

GovxiNiam PBiimNG ButiAU

1917

N&1651

^^^

CONTENTS

CHAPTER I.

PAOC

Introduction 1

General statement 1

Field work and acknowledgments 2

Situation 2

History 2

Previous work and bibliography 3

CHAPTER n.

General character of district 7

Topography 7

Regional ^

Local 8

Physiographic considerations 9

Climate 10

Flora and fauna 12

CHAPTER HI.

General geology 1'

Introduction 1"

Table of formations 19

Description of formations 21

Palaeozoic 21

Lower Cambrian or Pre-Cambrian 21

Summit series (in part) 21

Distribution 21

Lithology 21

Structure 22

Origin 22

Age and correlation 23

Poet-Cambrian 25

Pend-d'C)reille group 25

Distribution 25

Lithology 25

Structure 26

Origin 26

Age and correlation 26

PAGB

27
Mesozotc

Triassic (?) *'

Hallseries :f^

Distribution *°

Lithology 28

Structure j°

Origin, age, and correlation 28

Augite porphyrite sills, flows, and pyroclastics 29

Distribution 29

Lithology ^^

Structure and origin 30

Age and correlation 31

Jurassic

Granite porphyry tongues ^*

Distribution ^2

Lithology ^^

Structure and origin 33

Agp and correlation 33

Nelson batholith, stocks, and tongues 33

Distribution 34

Lithology ^*

Structure ^°

Origin 36

Age and correlation ■'°

Monzonite chonolith 36

Distribution 36

Lithology 37

Structure and origin 37

Aee and correlation 38

38
Cenozoic

Tertiary 'f"

01igocene(?) f

Salmon River monzonite stock •*°

Distribution 38

Lithology 38

Structure and origin 39

Age and correlation 39

Pulaskite *°

Miocene ( ?) ■*"

Syenite porphyry, granite porphyry, and younger

lamprophyre dykes ^

Quaternary

Boulder clay or till • *J

Fluvioglacial alluvium and stream deposits 41

Geological history

Summary of geological history

CHAPTER IV.

PAGE

Economic geology ^

Introduction ^

Ore occurrence *^

Types of ore deposit *7

Fissure vein ore-shoots cutting formations 47

Fissure vein ore-shoots and pockets, strilcing with formations 52

Replacement ore-shoots in limestone S3

Character of ores and gangues 53

Ores 53

Gangues 54

Mineralogy 54

Native elements 55

Gold 55

Silver 55

Sulphides 55

Pyrite 55

Galena 55

Sphalerite 56

Chalcopyrite 56

Pyrrhotite 56

Tetrahedrite 56

Arsenopyrite 56

Molybdenite 56

Oxides 56

Quartz 56

Limonite 57

Wad 57

Phosphate 57

Pyromorphite 57

Carbonates 57

Calcite 57

Cerussite 58

Malachite 58

Azurite 58

Silicates 58

Tremolite 58

Epidote 58

Chlorite 58

Serpentine 58

Kaolin 58

Origin of ore deposits 59

Age and correlation of ore deposits 61

Present status and future of dbtrict 62

CHAPTER V.

FAOB

Description of mines and prospects <»*

Introduction "*

List of properties ^

Wild Horse creek and South Fork belt 61

Blackcock 67

Canadian Pacific

Commodore

Foghorn

68
68
69

73
74
75
75

Good Hope H

Roanoke

Sterling

Wilcox

Location

Transportation ^^

Topography ^^

Water supply, timber, and climate 76

History ^^

Production ^^

Mine development 7'

Geological structure ''

Geology of mine workings 85

Mining ^^

Milling 8^

Origin 87

Future work 88

Ymir Belle 89

Apex and adjoining claims 90

Black Diamond '^

Georgina '*

Rosalia '^

North Fork, Wild Horse Creek belt 93

Alexandre and Uumas 93

Carthage 93

Elise '*

Gold Cup 94

Goodenough and Surprise ^5

Jennie Bell and Ymir Mint

Old Timer

Summit

Taniarac

Ymir

Location

Topography ^^O

History and development lOO

%
97
98
98
100
100

V
PACE

Geology ^^^

\iining '"'

Milling *05

XRay 107

Bear Creek belt ^•^^

Atlin-Nome 1°^

Canadian Girl 108

Dundee *^

Yankee Girl 112

Location "^

Development H^

Geology H^

Yukon 11*

Porcupine Creek belt H*^

Hunter V H^

lowna 1'*

Mulligan and Gold Queen ^20

Nevada 12°

Union Jack and Empress 121

Big Four and Jubilee 122

New York Central 122

Porcupine 12^

Cristabell 123

Boulder Creek belt 123

Free Silver 123

May Blossom 12*

Bimetallic 126

Bullion, Last Chance, and Ivanhoe 126

Quartz Creek belt 126

Golden Hem 126

Stewart Creek belt 127

Barrett Creek belt 128

Porto Rico 128

Location 12°

Transportation 12°

Topography *'°

Timber 12'

Water supply 12'

History and production ""

Geological structure "1

Geology of mine workings 13*

Mining and milling "*

Origin 135

Future work "6

Hall Creek belt 13^

Fern 13^

PACE

Location 137

Transportation, timber, and water supply 137

History and production 138

Mine development 139

Mining and milling 139

Geological structure 141

Geology of mine workings 143

Origin 144

Future work 145

Gola King group 146

Bluestone, Clincher, Evening Star, etc 147

Clearwater Creek belt 147

Lost Cabin 147

Placer mininp 148

Add-Jida 149

Index 177

List of publications. ,

ILLUSTRATIONS.

Map 175 A, No. 1594. Ymir, Kootenay district, B.C., topography and

geology '" pocket

Plate L Town of Ymit, 1914 Frontispiece

IL Southeast slope of Wild Horse valley showing glacially

bevelled spurs 1^3

IIL FoHatio. in Pend-d'Oreille roof pendant 155

IV. Hall series squeezed conglomerate 157

V. A and B. Coarse volcanic agglomerate from the west slope

of Elise mountain 159

VI. A and B. Injection phenomena at granodiorite contact 161

VII. A. Glory hole at Hunter V mine. B and C. Porphyritic

granite on Foghorn trail 163

VIII. Ymir mill in 1914 165

IX. A. Green timber, Ymir 167

B. Brfll* or burnt country, Ymir 167

X. Salmon River monzonite stock 169

XI. Block diagram of Ymir mine, mill, I id cyanide plant 171

XII. Block diagram of Ymir vein and geologl.idl structure 173

XIII. Stope in Ymir mine 1^5

XIV. A. Panorama from Hunter V mine 176

B. Panorama from Gold Cup property 176

XV. Panorama from Elise mountain 1'6

Figure

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

li.
14.
IS.
16.

vii
rAOB

Index map showing position of Ymir map-area 8

Block diagram showing localization of ore-ihoots at dylce

intersection **

(No. 1631) Block diagram of curving Tamarac fissure vein SO

Complex fissure vein at Foghorn mine SI

Mineral claims in the vicinity of Ymir 65

(No. 1632) Steieogram of Wilcox mine 76

Vein structure at Wilcox mine. 8*

Plan and section of Ymir mine 103

Flow sheet for Ymir Mine ore, Ymir mill and cyanide plant 106

Plan and sections of Dundee mine lU

Plan and section of Yankee Girl mine US

Plan and section of lowna mine 11'

Plan and sections of May Blossom mine 125

(No. 1633) Stereogram of Porto Rico mine 132

Plan and section of Fern mine 1*0

Transverse section of Fern vein, diagrammatic 142

Ymir Mining Gamp, British Columbia.

CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTION.

GENERAL STATEMENT.

Ymir' gold camp forms a part cf Nelson mining division of
West Kootenay district, Britisfi Columbia. Of the eight
divisions in West Kootenay district Nelson ranks third as a
metal producer. West Kootenay district for the past two
decades has been closely contesting with the Boundary district
for the position of chief producer of metals in the province.'
The total production of the two districts since 1894 exceeds
$200,000,000 of which more than 8127,000,000 is credited to
West Kootenay. From 1905 to 1913 the Boundary district
led in production and in 1906 exceeded by over $500,000 the
maximum production of West Kootenay district for any one
year. Since 1913 the production of the Boundary district lias
fallen oflf and at present West Kootenay district leads the
province in metal output.

Although Ymir is one of the oldest lode mining camps in
British Columbia and the Ymir mine was at one time the largest
gold mine in Canada, very little geological work has been done
there since the investigations of McConnell in 1897.« The
present report gives the results of later field work carried on
during August and September, 1914.

I In old Norse mythology the name Ymir was that of the progenitor of the gi«nti who not
through the interworking of heat and cold in the primeval abyss. Ymir was slain by Odin aiid
his brothers Vili and V« and out of his body they created the world. Ymir's flesh became the
land, his bones the mountains, his blood lakes and streams, his hair the forests, his skull the
hr- yens, and his brains the clouds.

« For statistics of production see Reports of the British Columbia Bureau of Mines.

> Geol. Surv.. Can., Sum. Rept., 1897, pp. 31-32 A.

FIELD WORK AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

The area mapped is about 145 square miles in extent and
includes the mineralized zones lying south of Hall, east of
the crest of the Nelson (Quartzite) range, and north of
Salmo. The west boundary of the area is 5 miles west of
the Nelson and Fort Sheppard railway and includes the Fern
and Porto Rico mines. Ir the field work W. J. Gray rendered
able assistance. Indebf ness is grateiully acknowledged to the
owners and superintendents of the various properties for their
interest and aid in the progress of the work.

SITUATION.

The town of Ymir (Plate I) — the centre for the gold camp of
the same name — is situated on the Nelson and Fort Sheppard
railway, 27 miles south of Nelson and 7 miles north of Salmo.
It is about 20 miles north of the International Boundary and 172
miles from Spokane, Washington, via the Great Northern railway.
The accompanying index map (Figure 1, page 8) shows the
position of the Ymir map-area with respect to neighbouring
mining camps in West Kootenay and Boundary districts.

HISTORY.

In 1885 two brothers named Hall, who two years later
discovered the Silver King mir at Nelson, made locations near
the headwaters of Wild Horse creek. This creek was worked to
some extent for placer gold 'n the early days. The Nelson and
Fort Sheppard railway, constructed in 1893, made the district
more easily accessible and in the summer of 1895 the Rockland,
Ymir, and Mugwump claims were located. It was not until
the summer and autumn of 1896, however, that prospectors who
had been attracted by the mining boom at Rossland, began to
pay attention to other districts. It was then that mining
really commenced at Ymir and among the many claims that were
staked i' >6 were the Free Silver, Elise, Dundee, Summit,
Sterling ^ckcock, Good Hope, Tamarac, Foghorn, Wilcox, and
Porto J. In 1897 the Fern mill was installed and the Ymir

and Porto Rico properties were being energetically opened up.
Development was also being done on the Dundee, Wilcox,
Porcupine. New Brunswick, Union Jack, Jubilee, Roanoke,
Tamarac, and other properties. In 1898 the camp began to
attract widespread attention, the population of Ymir town
increased to 1,000 people, and the pay roll exceeded $20,000 a
month. The Ymir, Fern, and Dundee mines were being rapidly
developed and several concentrating plants wer installed
throughout the district. In 1899 irine development was impeded
by labour troub'°s and in 1900 and 1901 by a general mining
depression due to labour trou'ules at Rossland' and other causes.
Mining conditions improved in 1902 and the Ymir, Yellow-
stone,* Wilcox, Arlington,' Fern, Tamarac, and Spotted Horse
properties produced ore; the total production aggregating,
approximately, 80,000 tons. Most of the ore mined was treated
in local stamp mills. The average monthly production of the
Ymir 80-stamp mill was at that time 6,000 tons, and that of the
Fern 10-stamp mill v 3 750 tons. In 1903 the Ymir mine ran
into lower grade ore and mining and milling operations were
not so profitable. The Hunter V mine commenced operations
in 1903 and in 1904 shippet' ore in the crude state to the Hall
smelter at Nelson. The Ymir, Wilcox, Fern, and Porto Rico
mines continued to treat ore at their own stamp mill*. About this
time developments in the neighbouring Sheep Creek gold camp
overshadowed niinirj operations at Ymir. The Ymir camp may
be said to have had a comparatively steady growth though
many of the properties in operation ten years ago have been
worked only intermittently since then and others have been
abandoned.

PREVIOUS WORK AND BIBLIOGRAPHY.

The first geological work in the Ymir camp was done in
1897 by R. G. McConnell, now Deputy Minister of Mines, in
connexion with the preparation of the West Kootenay map-
sheet. In 1902 and 1903 R. A. Daly, geologist to the Boundary

> "Oology and ore depotiu of RoMland", Gtol. Surv.. Can.. Mem. 77, p. 11 and 6g. 2, p. 13.

> Thete propertiet are ouuide the Uniu of the Ymir map-area.

CommiMion. examined a S-mile belt alonR the International
Boundary and in hi. report dewrribe. the southern extensions
Of many of the formations found outcropping within the limits
Of Ymir map-area. During the field seasons of 1910 and 1911
u 'f ^"y-"/,**'*' (Geological Survey staff, mapfi^tl and reported
on both the Nelson and Sheep Creek map-areas, the former
adjoinmg the Ymir map-area to the northwest and the latter
to the southeast. The following bibliography contains the main
articles and references bearing on the Ymir mining camp,
arranged chronologically.

1894.
MrConnell. R. G.. (icol. Surv.. Can.. Sum. Kept. 1894. p. 3SA
Describes visit to Fern mine. Hall cretk.

1896.
McConnell. R. G.. Gcol. Surv.. Can.. Sum. Rept. 1896. pp. 18-

30A. RecoL.iaissance work in region.
Carlyle. W. A.. Bull. No. 3. Bureau of Mines. B.C., p. 75. Des-
cribcs Fern group of claims and Nelson mining division.
1897.
McConnell. R. G.. Cm-oI. Surv.. Can.. Sum. Rept.. pp. 31-32 A

Describes Ymir, Dundee, and Porto Rico mines.
Minister of Mines. British Columbia. Annual Rtpf,rt 1897. p.

1899.
British Columbia. Annual Report 1899.

Minister of Mines,
pp. 691-692.

1900.

British Columbia. Annual Report 1900.

Minister of Mines,

pp. 838-843.
Fowler, S. S., "The Ymir mine and its mill practice," Jour Can

Min. Inst., 1900, pp. 3-10.

1901.

Mining Recora, British Columbia, vol. VIII, pp. 65-135 203
239, 273, 340, 384.

1902.
Daly R. A., Gcol. Surv., Cai.., Sum. Rept., pp. 144-147A
Geological work at International Boundary.

Mlni»tcr of Minin, BritiHh Columbia. Annual Report 1902,

pp. 158-161.
Minii.M Riford, British I'olumbiii vol. IX, Ymir <liittrict in

1901, pp. 67-68, 107. l.W, 18H. 281. .U7.
1903.
Daly, R. A., Gt-ol. Sun., (an.. Sum. Rept.. pp. 91-lOOA.
Minister of Mini-s. British Columbia, Annual Report 1903.

pp. 142-149.
MininK Rctord, British Columbia, vol. X. Ymir distrirt, pp.

459-461, 640, 8.?5.
HoUlen, Ktlwin C. "The cyanide plant and practice at the Ymir

mine, West Ko<nenay, B.C." Am. Inst. Min. Kng.. vol,

XXXIV, 1903, pp. 599-608.
1904.
Mining Record, British Columbia, vol. XI, "The Ymir district

in 1903," pp. 21-23.
Minister of Mines, British Columbia, Annual Report 1904

pp. 122-128.
Geol. Surv., Can., West Kootenay map sheet No. 792.

1905.
Min..ig Record, British Columbia, vol. XII, 1905, "The Ymir,

district in 1904." pp. 20. 61. 475.
Minister of Mines, British Columbia, Annual Report 19t5,

pp. 164, 167.

1906.
Minister of Mines, British Columbia. Annual Report 1906,

p. 148.

1907.
Minister of Mines. British Columbia, Annual Report 1907,
pp. 102-103.

1908.

Brock, R. W., Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., pp. 18-21.
Minister of Mines, British Columbia, Annual Report 1908,
p. 107.

1909.

Le Roy, O. E., "Sheep Creek mining camp. West Kootenay,"
Geol. Surv., Can., Map No. 1068, with explanaton' notes.

1910.
Minister of Mines, British Columbia, Annual Report 1910,
pp. 106-107.

1911.
LcRoy, O. E., "Geology of Nelson map-area," Geol. Surv., Can.,

Sum. Rept, 1911, pp. 139-157.
Minister of Mines, British Columbia, Annual Report 1911,
p. 159.

1912.
Minister of Mines, British Columbia, Annual Report 1912,

p. 154.
LeRoy, O. E., "Nelson and vicinity," Geol. Surv., Can., Map

No. 62A.
Daly, R. A., "Geology of the North American Cordillera at the
49th Parallel," Geol. Surv.. Can., Mem. 38, 1912, pp.
141-203, 257-316.

1913.
Minister of Mines, British Columbia, Annual Report 1913,
pp. 131-132.

1914.
Drysdale, C. W., Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept. 1914, pp.
37-38.

1915.
Minister of Mines, British Columbia, Annual Report 1915,
pp. 148-156.

CHAPTER II.
GENERAL CHARACTER OF DISTRICT.

TOPOGRAPHY.

Regional. West Kootenay district lies mainly within the
Selkirk Mountain system of the North American Cordillera
(Figure 1). The narrow portion of the district, however, west
of the Columbia river and Selkirk valley, falls within the Colum-
bia Mountain system. The Selkirk system is bounded on the
east by the Purcell intermontane trench occupied by Duncan
river, Kootenay lake, and the north flowing portion of Kootenay
river.'

The Selkirk system has been further subdivided by Daly
into the Slocan, Valhalla, Nelson (Quartzitc), Bonnington, and
Pend-d'Oreille Mountain ranges. The boundaries between the
different ranges are indicated in the accompanying index map
(Figure 1). It will be noted that the boundary between the
Bonnington and Nelson (or Quartzite) ranges passes through
the centre of Ymir map-area and is delineated by the Salmon
river.

The southern portion of the Selkirk Mountain system
including the Nelson (Quartzite) and Bonnington ranges, does
not show the rugged alpine topography of the Slocan, Lardeau,
and more northerly ranges of the system. The mountains of
the southern Selkirk^ are more subdued and rounded than those
of the north with fewer rugged peaks and serrated ridges and
without the youthful glacial forms due to higher uplift and more
recent sculpture by mountain glaciers (Plate XV). In this por-
tion of the Selkirks there are practically no glaciers and the
ranges form a transition belt of mountains connecting the high
and rugged Canadian Selkirks with the low, subdued mountain
ranges of the same system which border the Columbia lava
plain in Washington state.

> Daly, R. A.. "The nomenclature of the North American Cordillen between the 47th
and S3rd paiallela of latitude." Geog. Jour., toI. 27. 1906, pp. 586-«0«.

Local. As may be seen on the index map (Figure 1)
Ymir map-area includes both the west central portion of the
Nelson (Quartzite) range and the east central portion of the

Figure 1. Index map showing position of Ymir map-area.

Bonnington range. The two mountain ranges are separated
by the deep, flaring valley of Salmon river which flows in a
meandering course southward through the centre of the area.
This river drains virtually the whole district and empties into
Pend-d'Oreille river near the International Boundary.

The highland areas of Ymir district range in elevation from
5,000 to 6,000 feet above sea-level and have slopes grading
gently toward the main valleys. The valleys, with their steep,
heavily-timbered sides, trench the upland areas to depths
varying from a few hundred to 2,000 feet. Surmounting the
gentler highland topography, particularly toward the eastern
and western borders of the map-area, occur high mountain
peaks and serrated ridges. The highest mountain in the district
is Mount Baldyi which lies along the axis of the Nelson (Quart-
zite) range and attains a height of 7,660 feet above sea-level.
The transition fr i highland to lowland topography, although
generally very gradual, is pronounced in certain localities and
m; ^d by prominent topographic shoulders or unconformities.'
jlacial forms, including cirques (Plate XV), aretes, trough-
shaped valleys (Plate XIV A), truncated spurs (Plate II),
hanging valleys, roches mountonees (Plate XIV B), and valley
terraces are prominent topographic features in the landscape.

The influence of bedrock structures upon the topography
may be observed in many places. Strike ridges and depressions
are of common occurrence and areas underlain by certain sedi-
mentary and igneous rocks, display characteristic forms by which
they may be recognized and traced for great distances.

PHYSIOGRAPHIC CONSIDERATIONS.

The physiography of the Selkirk mountains is complicated
and much additional field work is required before safe inferences
can be drawn and a connected account given of the probable
origin and physiographic history of the Ymir landscape. The
physiography of the Selkirks appears to have many points in
common with that of the bordering Purcell and Columbia

> Also known as Marble mountain from the white quaruite of which it is composed, which
RKmhIes marble at a distance.

.ndicative of a more than one erosion cycle physiographic development.

systems.' A detailed study of this physiographic province
and Its relation to bordering provinces should make clear many
obscure points in the life history of this section of the Cordillera-
but theoretical problems of this kind do not fall within the scop^
of this memoir which is devoted primarily to a study of the ore
deposits.

CLIMATE.

The Ymir district has a most agreeable and healthful
climate. The cold in winter is not extreme, a 'though there are
short periods when the thermometer drops considerably below
zero (Fahr.), and the summers as a rule are temperate and dry
with cool nights and moderately warm days, the thermometer
c-casionally rising 80 or 90 degrees in the shade. Farm lands
m the district do not require to be irrigated as the annual pre-
cipitation amounts to nearly 30 inches, a large part of which
falls as snow in the winter months.' The snowfall at Ymir
varies from 2 to 4 feet per annum, the heaviest fall being in
Janua/y.

Mr. R. F. Stupart, director of the Dominion Met' ogical
Service, has kindly furnished the following summary of meteoro-
logical observations at Nelson, 15 miles north of Ymir as well
as a summary of records made at Fruitvale on Beaver creek
about 22 miles southwest of Ymir. The first table gives the
monthly, seasonal, and annual means and extremes of temper-
ature and precipitation from September 1898 to June 1901 and
from January 1904 to December 1913.

Schofield, S. J., "(

1915, pp. 160-

Drysdale, C. W., "

n, 1915, pp. 1

• Ten InchM of mow equals approximately one inch of rain.

**°fl'M ^' •';'«2f°'°*^ "' Cranbrook map-area". Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 76.
1915, pp. 160-169.

^^^f^i^'^ ^" "?~'°*y *°^ °" *'"^t«"t« o^ Rossland". Geol. Surv.. Can.. Mem.

'• 'Vl3, pp. 175~188.

•At

i
1

15
3

2-54
3-35
2-31

O
00

1-64
1-29
217

•- (Ml*-

•n'i'6

— fM —

in —

r- 1

2 § " tt is

SrSS

666

— — »«■

lnO^ vO

"t- — 6

r* 0> lO

«»■

-o
2

666

O, r*: lO

— — 6

f^ — 6

mO —

■t

00«

100

» 1

oor-iO
OOtNO

&j,^

m
^i^

osom

666

30 — —

6 — oi

•*

S8S

t^M —

C^ r^ r^
r^ rg I/)

Temperature

i^iii

7 1 T

•'^a

**>

—
1

t3iJi

??::?

•*•

vO t - 00 OC o o^ o*

sO w^ O O

0-<<N
fS — <N

f*l •t »o

lO vom

CO 00»-t

Ovr*i 00

1^ ID O

two

— 6^.

— -"I"

QOlO —

o-f-oo
r^ — Ov

•a

i'.ii

SEE

(N — CN

.^ lie

g'3E

u g 3
SEE

vO QO fO

nooo

vOlO-<f

O'iob

t— 'IT-
"J t lO

OOvoO

oio *o in

•

I
2

c
<

3
^ 6H

d
E

3
♦J
3
<

Year

MtteoTotogical Obtenalions Taken at FruitvaU, B. C.

Oct

Jan.

Feb.

Mar.

Apr.

May

J.ine JulyiAug. Sept.

Nov.

Dec.

Mean Temperature

1910.
1911.

16-2

19-339-948-3552

22-4

3S.4,43-7 49.5

57.3,64-3
59- 0,62 -9

58-0
58-5

53-64S-4

34-3

29-3

Rainfall

1910.
1911.

014

000|000

1-62
0-65

1 091. 69

I
0-32;3.65

217
203

069 0-69
0-80 1 02

1- 19,2.92

3-76

018

Snowfall

1910

20. 1

15-6
9-3

3-2

4-5

OC
4-9

1
1

4-233-2

1911

|-...|....

FLORA AND FAUNA.

The Ymir area was once heavily forest-covered, but the
reserves have been considerably depleted by fire and to furnish
wood for the mines. The burnt areas or brfll^s are covered with
scrubby second growth excepting where they have been recently
re-burned and are now grown over with fireweed (Plate IX)
There are, however, some good areas of green timber still left.
The Nankm Pole and Post Company are probably the largest
lumber operators in the district and have under lease about
5.300 acres of timber lands on Clcar^v-ater. Hall. Barrett and
Poreupme creeks. Timber limits on Stewart creek are also
bemg worked by another company. The forest is principally
coniferous and made up mainly of the following trees: cedar'
{Thuya pltcata), hemlock {Tsuga heterophylla) , white fir or
balsam (Abtes lasiocarpa), white pine {Pinus monticola), spruce

' Chiefly in tlie valley botConu.

• CWefly on high mountain sloixs and benchea.

(Picea Englemanni), tamarack {Larix americana), scrub or jack-
pine {Piniis Murryana), Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga mucronata), and
red pine' {Pinns ponderosa). Other trees of common occur-
rence are the pc^plar or aspen (Populus tremuloides), the cotton-
wood (Poptilus balsamifera var. candicans), the birch {Betula
occidentalis), and a small maple {Acer Douglasii). Ground hem-
lock or yew {Taxus hrevifolia), mountain laurel or "buck brush,"
rhododendron {Rhododendra albiflorum), willows, and ciders grow
in damp ravines and in the shade of the larger trees and render
travel on many of the ridges and valley sides slow and tedious.
W. C. Sandercock, a member of the field party, collected about
150 species of plants within the limits of the map-area, during
August and September. These were submitted to J. M. Macoun
of the biological division of the Geological Survey who reports
on the collection as follows:

POLYPODlACE.e. ,,..,,..

»23S Polypodium occidtntale (Hook.) Maxon.
Phegopteris alpestris (Hoppc) Mett.
„ DryopUris (I..) Fee.

139

10
214
156
113
307

82
301
305
234

81
190
147

233

221
13

Adiantum pedatum L. var. aleuttcum Rupr.
Cheilanlhes Fefi Moore.
Cryptogramma densa (Brack.) Diels.
„ acrostichoides R. Br.

„ , (Kootenay river). . . . ,

AspUnium Trichomanes L. (North of river across Taghura bndge.)
Athyrium cyclosorum Rupr.
Polystickum Lonchitis (L.) Roth.

„ Braunii (Spenner) Fee var.

Aspidium Filix-mas (L.) Sw.

„ spinulosum (O. F. Muller) Sw.

var. dilatalum (Hoffm.) Hook.

spinulosum (O. F. Muller) Sw.

\ar. dilatatum (Hoffm.) Hook.

Cystopleris Jragilis (L.) Bernh.

Woodsia oregana DC. Eaton.

OPHIOGLOSSACE^.

200 Botrychium silaifolium Presl.

LVCOPODIACEjE.

322 Lycopodium annottu^m L.
58 „ clavatum L.

' Of tare occurrence in the Vmir district.

•The numbers used in Oiis list are Mr. Sandercock's field numbers and are retained here
I his field notes are also so numbered.

TAXACEA.

14 Taxus brtvifolia Nutt.

riNACEA.

326 Pinus ponderosa (Dougl.) Lawion (Cottonwood creek).
■""' Murrayana Ball.

327
203
232

monticola Dougl.

209 Picea Entelmanni Party.
30 , „ ,

19 Thuja pticala Donn.

GKAUINEK.

212 Festuea HaUii (Vasey) Piper.

CYPERACE*.

180 Cartxf estiva Dew.

JUNCACEA.

181 Juneus Mertensianus Bong.

179 , ensif alius Wika. var. major Hook.

222 Lutula glabrata Desv.

LILIACEX.

77 Xerophyllum tenax (Pursh.) Nutt.

155 Zygadenus tenenosus VVats.

120 Veratrum viride Ait.

304 Allium cernuum Roth.

148 Erythronium grandiflorum Pursh.

64 Clinlonia unifolia (Schult.) Kunth.

9 Smilacina sUllata (L.) Desf.

OKCHIDACE.E.

51
69

Epipaelis decipiens (Hook.) Ames.
Corallorhiza maculata Raf.

SALICACE.e.

227 Salix Barclayi Anders.

BETULACE.E.

61 Corylus californica (A.DC.) Rose.
20 Alnus tenutfolia Nutt.

ARISTOLOCHIACEj£.

105 Asarum caudatum Lindl.

mSM

rOLYCONACBX.

136 Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill.

65 Rumex AcetostUa L. (Introduced).

306 Polygonum Douitasii Greene.

124 Erioiofium htractoides Nutt.
145 , tubalpinum Greene.

CBBNOPODIACEA.

193 Chenopodium Boirys L. (Introduced).
303 , capitatum (L.) A»ch.

CARYOPHYLLACEiB.

132 Arenaria capillaris Poir. var. nardi/olia Kegel.
186 Silene Menmesii Hook.

144 , Douglasii Hook. var. mMlKavlts (Nutt.) Rob.

PORTULACACEiB.

23 Claylonia parvifolia M05.

133 „ asanfolia Bong.

RANUNCULACE*.

71 Ranuneulus Bongardi Greene.
226 , Eschscholttii Schlcct.

63 Thaliclrum occidenlule Clray.

lis Pulsatilla occidentalis (Wats.) Freyn.

114 Clematis Columbiana (Nutt.) Torr.

6 Aetata arguta Nutt.

119 Aquilegia flavescens Wats.

16 Aconitum columbianum Nutt.

BERBERIDACEiE.

93 Berberis repens Lindl.

CRUCIFER^.

231
161

Arabis Lyallii Wats.

Radicula obtusa (Nutt.) Greene.

CRASSULACEiE.

121 Sedum stenopetalum Pursh.
220 n roseum (L.) Scop.

SAXIFRAGACEiB.

228 Leptarrhena amplexifolia (Sternb.)'Ser.

134 Saxifraga bronchialis L.
140 « Mertensiana Bong.

230 , Bongardi Presl.

7 Tiarella unfoliala Hook.

97 Tellima grandiflora (Pursh.) Dougl.

96 Heuckera columbiana Rydb.

17 Pamassia fimbriata Koenig.
210 UiUUa ptntandra Hook.
196 PhiUtdelphiu Ltwihi Purth.

■OtACB.1.

224 Spiraa lueida Dougl.

201 Arunrus Sylvester K<Mtt\ttt»ky.

213 Sibhaldia procumbcns L.

160 Fragoria bracteala Heller.

219 PoUntiUa NuttaUii Uhm.

229 , ?

26 , monspeliensis L.

135 , frulicosa L.

31 Geum maerophyllum Willd.

79 Rubus leucodermis Dougt.

90 , pedatus Smith.

LKCVMINOSA.

302 Hosackia amtrUana (Nbtt.) Piper.

GIKANIACEA.

216 Geranium Bicknellii Britt.

217 , vicorissimum F. and M.

CILASTRACEi*.

94 Pachystima myrsinitts Raf.

ACEKACB«.

72 Acer Douglatii Hook.

■BAMNACEjV.

76 Ceanothus velutintu Dougl.

MALVACE/G.

54 SpharaUea rivularis Torr.

HYPERICACEX.

163 Hypericum Scouleri Hook.

VIOLACBie.

107

108

Vto/a sempervirens Greene.

, glabella Nutt.

K pollens (Banks) Brainerd.

ONACRACEA.

60 Epilobium lalifolium L.
154 , luleum Pursh.

ISO , fastigialum (Nutt.) Piper.

intaiixiriKA.

101 Ligtutitum Crayii C. and R.

15 Angtlica LyoUii S. Wat*.

COKNACK*.

18 Cornus slolenifrra Michx.
106 . canadrntis L.

EBICACKA.

325 Pyrola secunda L.

57 , bratUata Hook.

^^^ " ".. .. .."• u

27 , asanfoha Michx.

324 I ehlorantha Sw.

55 Chmaphila umbetlata (L.) Nutt.

100 Gaullheria ovatifolia Gray. «'«

142 Phyllodoce glanduliftorus (Hook.) Cov.
141 , tmp>i iformis Don.

126 Rhododendron allrifiorum Hook.

ArOCYNACBiB.

25 Apocynum androsetmifMum L.

POLEMONIACEvG.

137 Polemonium humile R. and G.

BYOBOPHYLLACE;*.

86 Phacelia Uptoupala Rydb.

lOKKAGINACEiE.

102 Merlensia ciliala Don.

SCROFHULAUACEiE.

123 Pentstemon fruticosus (Pureh) Greene.

164 Veronica americana Schwein.
112 , serpyUi/oUa L.

22 Mimulus Lewtm Pur«h.
158 , nasutus Greene.

78 CasliUeja lanceifolia Rvdb.

122 Pedicularis racemosa Hook.
143 , froenlandica Ret«.

CAFKIFOLIACEiB.

53 Linnaa borealis L. var. americana (Forbea) Rehdner.
99 Lonicera involucrala Banks. _
49 Symphoricarpus racemosa Michx.

VALiaiAMACJ;!.

129 Vateriaiu nteViMM Bong.

CAMPANULACBA.

75 CitmpaHida rolunditcUa L.

COMPOSITE.

118 Aittr Engtlmannii Gray.
. contpicuus l.indl.
, foliaeeui Lindl. var. frondtus Gray.
Ertneron acrit I,, var.

, talsutinosus Gray.
. fhiliuUi hicMt L.
SottdatoUpida DC. var. Wtmfoto (Nutt.) Fernald.
Arlemtsia dticolor Dougl.
Arnica f

n latifoliii Dong.
S'necto canui Hook.

. triiintularis Huok.
Adenncnulon hicolor Hook.
Anaphalit margarilacea Benth.
llitracium Scouleri fiook.
rrufjV* Hook.

116
2tH
21S
117
168
73
211
lOJ
128
149
321
74
45
127
110

(At mouth of Boulder creek.)
(Up Uuuklcr creek.)

Suppltmtntary List of Flowering Plants ColUcUd by W. C. Sandtrcock in
the Imir Dislrtct, August, 1916. •^anaercocM in

Lycopodium romptanatum L.
'^"'f "/"«* amptexijolius (L.) DC. (Boulder creek).
Trillium ovatum I'ursh.

Lislera cordate R.Br. (Boulder Creek flati).
IJabenana orbiculata Torr. (Boulder Creek flats)
Sangiiisorba occidentalis Nutt.
Rosa gymnocarpa Nutt.
Lupinus Burkei VVau.
Spharalcea rivularis Torr.
Zitia cordata (Walt.) DC.
Osmorriza divaricata Nutt.
Moneses uniflora L. (Near Boulder creek. YmTr')
Monotropa uniflora L.
Mimulus Langsdorfii Donn. (In Ymir.)
^r«wWa tWgarn L. var. lanceolata (Barton) Fernald.
i^oltdago Uptda DC. var. Wongota (Nutt.) Fernald
CM«T" '"""'•^" <^""-' ^'*«n«- (Probably introduced from

Cypripedium montanum Dougl. (Dewdney trail.)
ZJryoi Drummondii Hook. « •

Comatium nudicaule (Pursh) C. and R. " «

The fauna of the Ymir district includes both mule and
white-tailed deer, black, brown, and grizzly bears, coyote,
ruffed and blue grouse, foolhen (Franklin's grouse), and ptar-
migan, chipmunks, red squirrels, weasels, porcupine, beaver,
pilM or httle chief hare«. wood rats, gophers. Humming birds
and Stellers jay are also included in the fauna noted. The
stream s are well stocked with brook trout.

> Locally koowa ai rock nbfait.

239
24U
2
241
237
248
249
146
54
243
244
236
238
247
250
242
184

CHAPTER III.

GENERAL GEOLOGY.

INTRODUCTION.
The West Kootcnay geological map' on which the geology
of the Ymir district was first outlined by McConnell in 1896«
furnished a good base for the more detailed economic work
of the field season of 1914, and more recent work by K. A.
Daly from 1902 to 1904 and by O. E, I.eRoy in 1910 and 1911
in neighbouring regions has thrown additional light on certain
phases of the gtnjlogy. The enlarged scale of mapi)ing (1 mile
to 1 inch) necessitated changing some of the geological bciundaries
on the earlier map and made possible the separation of certain
prominent formational members that had been grouped under
the name Rossland Volcanic group. For instance, a thick
series of sedimentary formations— the Hall series— was found
on the eastern flank of the Bonnington Mountain range and
has been mapped as a separate unit of the Rossland group.

In the following table of formations the geological ages
assigned to the different formations are tentative only, as fossil
evidence is wanting.

TABLE OF FORMAT lOyS.

ERA.

rERIOD.

rOMIATION NAME.

FORM A^'D LITHOLOGICAl.
CUARACTEH.

Recent.

Stream deposits.

Gravel, sand, silt, clay,
soil, and subsoil.

QUATERNARY

Pleittocene.

Stream deposits.
Glacial deposits.

Gravel, sand, silt, and
clay.
Boulder clay or till.

TERTIARY.

Miocene (?)

Younger dyke*.

Dykes and tongues of
syenite porphyry, gran-
ite porpnyry, and lam-
prophyre.

■ G«ol. Surv.. Can.. Map No. 792, H04 (srale 4 miles to I Inch.)
• CtoL Surr., Can.. Sum. Rtpt. U96, pp. lS-30 A.

TAP

'•■ / RMA TIONS.— Continued.

TERTIARY.

Oligocene ( ?)

MESOZOIC.

Jurassic.

PALEOZOIC.

Triassic ( ?)

ORMATION NAME.

FORM AND LITHOLOGICAL
CHARACTER.

Salmon River
monzonite.

Monzonite

Nelson granite.

Granite
porphyry.

Augite
porphyrite,
and andesite.

Hall

■a !Pend-d'Oreille

Post-Cambrian i o'c

group.

Lower

Cambrian
or ,„

Pre-Cambrian. («

'jt .ISummit series
■^.i] (in part).

Stock of coarsely granu-
jar monzonite contain-
ing a small core of gran-
ular pulaskite (Coryell).

Chonolith of monzonite.

Batholith, cupola stocks
and tongues of granitic
intrusive rock varying
from granite to diorite
and varying in texture
from porphyritic granite
to granite porphyry.

Injection tongues which
have been much altered
and are in part schistose

Sills, flows, and pyro-
clastic deposits of domi-
nantly augite porphyr-
ite which are in part
schistose.

Continental deposits of
conglomerate, sandstone
(reddish), and shale (car-
bonaceous).

.Metamorphic sedimen-
tary group of argillite,
quartzite, quartz schist,
andalusite schist, and
siliceous marble.

Metamorphic group of
banded quartzite, metar-
gillite, quartz-mica
schist, anci massive
white quartzite.

DESCRIPTION OF FORMATIONS.

PALEOZOIC.

LOWER CAMBRIAN OR PRE-C\MBRIAN.

Summit Series (t ;Mrt).

The oldest formations found ir thL- area covced by the
Ymir map consist of banded quar .- ^.n, quntz-rJca schists,
metargillites, and massive white quartzite ouiciopping in a
conformable series along the eastern quarter of the area and
forming the high and rugged Nelson or Quartzite range. The
regularity of bedding in the quartzite is well shown by belts
of spruce which stand out boldly on the higher hillsides, owing
to the habit of this tree of following the chist bands. This
series is the upper portion of the Summit series of Daly's Bound-
ary report.'

Distribution. The western border of the Summit series
extends from the source of Wild Horse creek, on the divide
between the latter creek and Midge creek, southwestward down
the upper stretch of Wild Horse valley to the bend below the
Wilcox mine. Thence the contact follows the same southwest-
ward trend crossing over to South Fork valley and the basin
of Bear creek to the forks of Porcupine creek and thence o\'cr
the divide between the latter and Hidden creeks at a low point
about a mile east of the Hunter V mine. The series extends to
the eastern border of the map-area and several miles beyond it
before it is cut off by the Nelson granite.

Lithology. The members of the Summit series are chiefly
light grey to greenish-grey quartzitei interbanded with siliceous
metargillites and quartz-mica schists. The rocks are much
altered near the granite intrusions and display rusty weathered
outcrops. The highest member outcropping in the area is a
heavily bedded mass of snow-white to light yellow quartzite
which forms the summit of Mount Baldy. The white quartzite
on weathering breaks up into large heavy plates which give a

■ Gtol. Surv.. Can.. Mem. 38. pp. 141-159.

sonorous metallic ring when struck with a hammer. Ripple-
marks and scalloped and pitted forms of unknown origin are
found on some bedding planes. No feldspar was detected in
thin sections under the micoscope, although shreds of sericite
occur, cementing subangular and rounded grains of glassy quartz.
The quartz grains are strained and fractured in places.

Structure. The portion of the Summit series present in the
northern part of the area appears to be the uptilted western
limb of a syndinc which forms the Quartzite range. In the
vicinity of Wild Horse creek it is sharply cut off by a large mass
of Nelson granite. This granite farther south swings westward
and intrudes the Pend-d'Orcille group and on this account a
wider belt of the Summit series is found to the south. There it
is in contact with and interfolded with the younger sedimentary
group (Pend-d'Oreille). The axis of the syncline is a couple
of miles east of Baldy mountain and may be traced to beyond
the International Boundary. The western limb consists of
alternating bands of Beehive schist and Ripple quartzite which
are repeated on the eastern limb. The east boundary of the
syncline is marked by a thrust fault which brings up the basal
arkosic and conglomeratic members of the series to the surface
(Dewdney or Monk, Wolf and Irene conglomerate formations).
Roof pendants in the form of long wedge-like ribs of much
altered Summit series occur within the eastern granite masses.

Origin. Owing to numerous granitic injections the Summit
series is so poorly developed and fragmental that it has not been
possible to collect sufficient diagnostic data to enable a con-
clusion to be drawn as to the origin of the sediments or the
topographic and climatic conditions under which they were
fo.iiied. Recent work in the same formations elsewhere by
Daly and Schofield have led them to infer that the sediments
were laid down in a shallow continental basin disconnected with
the ocean and containing fresh or brackish water. The climatic
conditions alternated between humid and arid and the water in
the basin was shallow enough at times for the formation of
ripple-marks and mud cracks. In other places eolian deposits
of dune sand quartzite and loessic quartzite were laid down.*

' Daly, R. A., Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 68, pp. 100-107.

Age and Correlation. McConncU referred this quartzite
series to the Cambrian and i rrelated it with Dawson's Lower
Selkirk scries' of the northern Selkirks. The upper portion of
the Summit series has been tentatively referred by Daly to the
Cambrian. As the Ymir quartzite members lithologically
resemble most clopely Daly's Ripple and Beehive formations
they may be assigned a Lower and Middle Cambrian age. Much
more field work in the Nelson range is needed to confirm the strati-
graphic sequence of formations and to correlate Daly's Summit
series with Schofield's Purcell series in East Kootenay district.
Schofield favours a Pre-Cambrian age for the whole Purcell series,
while Daly refers only the lower portion of the series to the
Pre-Cambrian or Beltian.

For purpose of comparison the following abridged cor-
relation tables taken from Daly's and Schofield's related work in
adjoining areas is here presented.

Correlation According to Daly.*

SYSTEM.

CHIEFLY
MIDDLE
CAMBRIAN.

SUMMIT SERIES
SELKIRK MOUN-
TAIN SYSTEM.

PURCELL SERIES CffiUR D'ALENE 'GALTON SERIES
PURCELL MOUN- SERIES. IDAHO.' ROCKY MOUN-
TAIN SYSTEM. I TAIN SYSTEM.

Lone Star
2000 + ft.

MIDDLE
CAMBRIAN.

Moyie
3400 + ft.

Striped Peak
1000 + ft.

JRoosville
1 600 +
j Phillips

550 ft.
Gateway
1850 ft.

Beehive
7000 ft.

Kitchen
6000 n

' allace
4000 ft.

3t. Regis
1000 ft.

LOWER
CAMBRIAN.

Ripple

1650 ft.
Dewdney

2000 ft.
Wolf

1000 ± ft.

Kitchener
1400 ± ft.

Creston
3000 ± ft.

Gateway
1 125 ft.
jSiyeh
! 4000 ft.

Revett

1200 ft.
Burke

2000 ft.
Prichard

1500 ± ft.

Wigwam
1200 ft.

MacDonald
2350 ft.

Hefty
775 ft.

• Recent field work by the writer haa forced him to the conduiioii that the chronological
•equence of the rock» named upper and lower Selkirk and NUkonlith aeriei on the W«»t
Kootenay map theet is the oppoaiu of that given.

> Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 38, 1913. p. 178.

Correlation Accordint to Daly. — CoiUinutd.

•TSTKlt.

SUMUIT SERIES

FURCELL SERIES CCEUR D'ALENE

CALTON SERIES

SELKIRK MOUN-

PVRCELLMOUN- SERIES. IDAHO.

ROCKY MOUN-

TAIN SYSTEM.

BELTIAN.

Wolf

1900 ± ft.

Monk
5500 ft.

Irene volcanics
6000 ± ft.

Irene conglo-
merate
5000 -1- ft.

Creston
6500 ± ft.

Base concealed

Prichard
tlM + ft.

Base concealed

Altyn
650 ft.

Base concealed

Unconformity.

Pre- Beltian 'Priest River

' terrane.

Correlation According to Schofield.^

CAMBRIAN.

Lowest Mi Idle
Cambrian.

Unconforrnity.

Erosion surface.

Gateway
1000 ft.

Roosville
1000 ft.

Phillips
500 ft.

PRE-

cambrian

(beltian).

Gateway
2025 ft.

"■'r-ell lava.
b,yeh
4000 ft.

Erosion surface.
Striped Peak
1000 ft.

Purcell lava.

Siyeh
4.000 ft.

Kitchener
4500 ft.

Wallace
4000 ft.

Wigwam
1200 ft.

MacDonald
2350 ft.

Hefty
775 ft.

Altyn 650 ft.

Creston
5000 ft.

St. Regis
1000 ft.

Revett
1200 ft.

Burke
2000 ft.

Aldridge
8000 ± ft.

Prichard
8000 ft.

> Gcol. Surr., Can., Mem. 76, 191S, p. 52;
18 and 17.

alK> Mui. BuU. No. 2, Gtologkal aeiiM, Not.

From the above tables it may be noted that Schofield
correlates the Creston quartzite of the Purcell series, which
lithologically most resembles the Ripple quartzite of the Summit
series, with the St. Regis, Revett, and Burke formations of the
Coeur d'Alene series. If this correlation is correct the Dewdney
and Wolf formations of the Summit series may be correlated
with Schofield's Aldridge formation, and the basal Irene and
Monk formations of the Summit series be considered to represent
the base of the Belt terrane in Canada.

Further stratigraphic work is necessary in the Quartzite
range between Ymir map-area and Daly's section, to properly
clear up this problem of Pre-Cambrian and Cambrian cor-
relation.'

POST-CAMBRIAN.

Pend-d'Oreille Group.

The metamorphic group of dark coloured argillite, quartz-
mica schist, andalusite schist, and siliceous marble named by
Daly the Pend-d'Oreille group and referred to the Carboni-
ferous (?) or Ordovician (?) period is of later age than the
Summit series. Prior to Daly's work, the same group of for-
mations had been referred to the Lower Cambrian* and cor-
related with Dawson's Niskonlith series.

Although diligent search was made for fossils in the Ymir
field, none were found and the age of the group is still in doubt.

Distribution. The Pend-d'Oreille group occurs through the
central portion of Ymir map-area, extending from Clearwater
creek southward through the valley of the North Fork of Wild
Horse creek to the Dundee mine and the town of Ymir where
it is cut off by the main granite mass. The group appears
again east of the granite and extends in a narrow belt to the
Hunter V mine and thence to Hidden and Sheep creeks where
it has a greater width.

Lithology. The Pend-d'Oreille group in Ymir district
consists chiefly of metamorphosed sedimentary rocks including

^rhi^theWW fieW «»» the writer found Pott-Cambrian (Ordovician at baK) fo«Ui
in the northern extenilon of thi» belt in the Slocan d'stnct (memoir m preparation).

dark argillaceous and arenaceous members which are altered
near the granite to andalusite and mica schists. Phyllites,
metargiUites, impure quartzites, altered tuffs, and siliceous
marble are present in certain localities. The marble is fine
grained and completely recrystallized. Greenstone occurs spar-
ingly in the group throughout the area.

Structure. The strike of the rocks, as a rule, conforms to
the north-south trend of the border of the granite masses; the
dips are steep and chiefly to the west although easterly dips are
present in certain localities. The formations are generally
sheared, mashed, crumpled, and to a minor extent faulted, so
that their primary structures are very difficult to interpret.
The Pend-d'Oreille schists, where surrounded by granite, are
severely foliated, crumpled, and crenulated (Plate III). The
present structure is komodinal^ in which the Pend-d'Oreille
group occupies an intermediate position between the older
Summit series and the younger Rossland group.

Origin. It is inferred that the rocks of the Pend-d'Oreille
group were laid down in a shallow continental sea, probably an
arm of the Pacific ocean which periodically transgressed the low,
lying Cordillera of Palaeozoic time. In this sea, mud, sand,
and lime rocks were deposited, the limestones representing the
offshore deposits and the carbonaceous argillites and sand-
stones the inshore deposits. Marine sedimentation was inter-
rupted at intervals by volcanic activity which resulted in the
accumulation of volcanic dust in a few localities and elsewhere
in the outpouring of lavas.

Age and Correlation. No fossils were found within the
area so that no definite age determinations could be made. The
group has been called the Niskonlith series on West Kootenay
map and correlated lithologically with Dawson's series of that
name occurring along the main line of the Canadian Pacific
railway. The Niskonlith series was tentatively referred by
Dawson to the Lower Cambrian.

> A new term introduced by R. A. Daly for a block of bedded rocka all dipping in the same
direction. A "homocline" may be a monocline, an isocline, a tilted fault-block, or one limb ol
an anticline or syncline. The field data, however, are insufficient to show which of these
categories is represented, G«ol. Surv.. Can., Mem. 68, 1915, p. S3.

As a result of recent geological work along the International
Boundary line, this group of formations has been provisionally
referred by R. A. Daly to the Carboniferous. This correlation
is based on the lithological similarity between the crystalline
limestone member and a similar formation bearing fossils of Car-
boniferous age found by McConnell' and DalyMn Rossland district.
Dalv also notes the similarity between Lindgron's' Wood River
series of supposedly Carboniferous age and the Pend-d'OreiUe
group. He also calls attention to the lithological similarity
between the Slocan series and the Pend-d'Oreille group. The
rocks of the Slocan series were first referred by McCorneil and
Brock* to the upper or middle Pala-ozoic but Schofield' obtained
evidence during the field seast)n of 1914 leading him to refer the
whole sedimentary series to the Beltian or Fre-Cambrian.
From the above statement it is evident that much uncer-
tainty ex-.ts as to the age of the Pend-d'Oreille group and that
additional stratigraphic work is required before it can be deter-
mined.*

MESOZOIC.

TRIASSIC ( ?)

Hall Series.

During the field work of 1914 a series of sedimentary for-
mations was found within the volcanics of the so-called Ross-
land group. The series is well exposed in the valley of Hall
creek and has been mapped as a separate unit under the name
Hall series.

■ McCom.ell. R. G., Explanatory notes to Trail 8h«t, G«)l. Sur.. Can . |1?'-

• Daly, R. A., "Geology cf North American Cordillera at 49th Parallel. Mem. J8. pt.

'■ "■. Lin'dgren. W., 20th Ann. Report. U.S. Geol. Surv.. part III, pp. 86-90. 1900.

• Eiplanatory notes to We«t Kootenay map sheet; Geol. Surv., Can.
» Schofield. S. J.. Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept. 1914, p. 38.

. iLce writing thi, and duxin, the 19.6 field «a»n fo«i., «- '-"^.'-^f ^^^t
NWtonlith •erie., which at leart provet the Poet-Cambnan age of the rocks: (Geol. Surv.. Can..
Sam. Rept 1916. in preparation).

Distribution. The Hall series extends in a general north-
•outh direction from the east side of Toad mountain and Neman
creek in Nelson area southward to the May Blossom property,
where it becomes narrower and is cut off by a monzon.te chono-

'^ ' The widest exposure of the series is in the vicinity of Barrett
creek, and, as indicated on the map pinches both northward
and southward. The maximum thickness of the series is aboul

7,000 feet. _. , . -.^^

Lithology. The Hall series is composed of coarse to tin
conglomerates (chiefly arkosic), sandstones, and argillites, al
considerably mashed and altered (Plate IV). The conglomerat.
is heterogeneous in character containing pebbles of the olde
rocks which range in size from a fraction of an inch to one foo
and more in diameter. The pebbles include quartzites. green
stones, argillites, quartz grains, and feldspathic material. Th
sandstones are usually red in colour and are made up in larg
part of quartz and feldspar. .

Structure. The Hall sedimentary series appears to be ir
folded with volcanic rocks of contemporaneous age. chiefl
augite porphyrites and related pyroclastic types. Since deposii
ion, the series has been uptilted by mountain-building for«
and n'>w dips steeply to the west or has a vertical attitude.

Origin. Age, and Correlation. The lithological charactt
of the sediments of the Hall series leads to the inference that the
were in large part laid down subaerially, probably on a dell
extending out into an epicontinental sea. During an interv
free from volcanic outburst, coarse giavels and sands we
washed down from a land surface of moderate relief and becan
interbedded with mud and silt. The red colour of the sandston
an-* the dark colour of the mudstone or argillite indicate pro
abl> semi-arid conditions of deposition with seasonal rainfall.

.roel^l^ ffoTthewetical con,, icration. and geological ob^rvation. that thed
cS^Uo^ft theTormation of r«l .hale, aad »nd.ton« ..merely ^e alternaUon o^^
of warmth and drynes, with Kason. of flood, by mean, of which hydrauon. b"' "P«*

fXlof theTrruginou, material in the fl~f-'''»^,,t^'^" ''J^™^ ttg t^
aupplemenu the decompoiition at the wurce and that which take, place in the long tn
So^and great w.« to which the larger river, nbiect U« detritu. roUed along ti

The Hall series has been provisionally referred to the
Triassic and correlated with Dawson's Nicola series in Kamloopa
district. This reference to the Triassic has been made for the
following reasons: (1) the distinctly fresher and less altered
cond tion of the sediments as compared with those of the Pend-
d'Orcille group, and (2) their lithological resemblance to the
Nicola series, which conuins fossils of Triassic age grading up
nto lower Jurassic'

Augite Porphyrite Sills, Flows, and Pyroclastics.

A complex group of basic vi Ica.iics, generally included as
part of the "Rossland Volcanic group" or "Porphyrite group",
encloses the Hall sedimentary series. In Ymir district this
group consists of augite porphyrites, augite-feldspar porphyrites,
agglomerates, breccias, and their metamorphosed equivalents,
greenstone schists of different varieties.

Distribution. The porphyrites and their related pyroclastic
types have a very wide distribution throughout the region.
They underiie virtually half of Ymir map-area. The eastern
boundary of the group cuts through the centre of Elise mountain,
extending from Clearwater creek southward to the town of Ymir
and thence over Pulaskite hill to Salmon river at the southern
boundary of the map-area. Westward he torphyrite group
extends beyond the map-area, almost to the Kootenay river, but
is cut out for several miles along the axis of the Bennington range
by the Nelson granite batholith.

Lithology. The Rossland volcanics are basic porphyrites
chiefly augite porphyrite and an augite-feldspar porphyrite.
Both augite andesite flows and fragmental types are present and
include amygdaloidal basalts, agglomerates,' tuffs, and breccias

bedf. The annual wttUng. drying, and oxidaUoa not only decompoK the original iron
minerali but completely remove all trace of caroon. If this conduBon be correct, red
■halea or Mnd.tones, a« distinct from red mud and «nd, may originate under intermit-
tenUy rainy, .ubarid, or arid climate, without any close relation to temperature and typi-
cally as fluvial and pluvial deposits upon the land, though to a limited extent as fluviaUle
sedimenu coming to rest upon the bottom of the shallow sea. The origin of such sediment
U most favoured by climates which are hot and alteraitely wet and dry as opposed to
cUmates which are either constanUy cool or constantly wet or constanUy dry.
> Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1912. pp. 134-135.
iVelnleU of epidote cutting the agglomerates are of common occurrence, as weU as gas porei.

with their schistose equivalents. The greenstones are in many
places epidotized and torsion cracks are common in them.
Films of specularite were noted on some fractured sui faces.
Fresh types are somewhat rare ami in most cases the rocks are
chloritized and calcified to such an extent that microscopic
exammation of them is unsatisfactory. Ten micro-slides made
from various rock phases of the group were examined and the
mam types of rock represented were found to be augite por-
phyrite (a coarse and a fine-grained variety), augitc andesite,
and basalt with their schistose equivalents.

The augite porphyrite is a dark greyish to greenish black
rock, studded with numerous dark crystals of augite in a dense
groundmass. In many places the coar.se variety passes into a
variety without visible phenocrysts. In ca.ses where the dcn.se
fine-grained variety is highly silicified it is difficult to distinguish
It from certain Pala-ozoic metamorphics. In other places the
^'••Rite porphyrite assumes a brecciatcd or agglomeratic structure;
i..-i is, the mass appears to be made up of rounded, oval, and
angular fragments, up to several inches in diameter, of a por-
phyrite slightly difTerent in colour or texture from the material
m which they lie. Torsion cracks are present in the fragments
m places. Near the west-n border of the map-area a sill of
coarse-grained, augitc-ffld; ; ,n porphyrite outcrops, in which
the plagioclase phenocrysts are very much altered. A similar
granular type is exposed on the eastern slope of Elise mountain
above the Yniir mine, and at a distance resembles outcrops of
granite. On the western slope of Elise mountain the augite
porphyrite is agglomeratic, vesicular, and amygdaloidal, the gas
po'os being filled in most cases with calcite (Plate V). Under
the microscope the typical augite porphyrite appears to be com-
posed of phenocrysts of augitc, hornblende, and plagioclase
feldspar lying in a fine groundmass chiefly of plagioclase and
hornblende. The hornblende has a gretn colour, low pleo-
chroism, and in the case of some of the larger individuals the core
is colourless augite, indicating that much of the hornblende is of
secondary origin. The plagioclase is chiefly labradorite.

Structure and Origin. The general lithological and structural
relations of the augite porphyrite masses to the bedded rocks,

in which there is a parallelism of strike and dip, indicate that the
botlies of augite porphyrite probably represent both sills and
contemporaneous surface flow i and fragmentals. On the north
border of the map-area, west of Salmon river, a series of auijite
prirphyrite sills 50 feet thick and upwards outcrop*. They pinch
and swell and preserve their porphyritic texture to the actual
contact with the shearecl eruptives. The porphyrite includes
rounded fraRments of re<l quartzite at the contact which is a
reddish weathered pitted zone 3 feet wide and imprennaled for
several inches by augite porphyrite (replacement).

The rocks of the Porphyrite group as already indicated have
been involved in crushing and shearing movements to such an
extent that in certain U'lts they arc metamorphosed to ((uartz-
biotite. chloiite, and other schists that may be included for
convenience umler the term greenstone schists.

The most sheared and altered femic lavas and pyroclastics'
are confined largely to a northeast-southwest belt over one mile
wide, lying l)etween massive sills of augite porphyrite to the east
and the Hall sedimentary series to the west. This belt extends
with few interruptions from the mouth of Clearwater creek
southwestward to the southern border of the map-area.

The manner in which similar porphyrite sills arc found
at the borders of the volcanic group, within the area of the map,
with a belt of altered vr>lcanics (characterized by torsion cracks)
intervening between the bordering sills and the central area of
Hall sedimenatry series, suggests the possibility of close folding
with repetition of formations. If this is true the Hall series
occupies the axis of a compressed syncline and represents the
youngest tion of the group. The lava flows and pyro-

clastics antedate the deposition of the sediments; and the sills
represent the deeper seated injection of the same magma contem-
poraneous with or slightly following the surface eruptions.

Further detailed study of the regional structure of the entire
area of Rossland Volcanic group is necessary before safe con-
clusions can be drawn regarding the structure and nature of th"
possible folding in this complex group of volcanics.

A^e and Correlation. The augite porphyrites and related
volcanics of the Rossland Volcanic group are provisionally

I Locally referred to at Uie Summit Ridge volcanic!.

placed in the Triaasic and correlated with Dawson's Nicola
group.' Daly in his report on the Rcology along the Inter-
national Boundary line states "the more massive phases of the
Rossland Volcanic group resemble the ^iicola Triassic lavas
on South Thompson river "'

JURASSIC.

Granite Porphyry Tongues.

Younger in age than the porphyrUes of the Rossland
Volcanic group but older than the Nelson granite are a set of
persistent granite-porphyry tongues which are readily separable
from the other members of the Rossland group by their lK)ldness
of outcrop. The tongues appear to be genetically related to
certain of the ore deposits in the region and on that account
it was deemed advisable to delimit their extent and as far as
possible indicate their position on the map.

Distribution. The main occurrences of the granite porphyry
tongues follow the western slope of Elise mountain and a belt
not so well definctl occurs west of the Hall series in the vicinity
of the Kern mine. The tongues are found most typically devel-
oped at the Silver King mine on Toad mountain.

Lithology. The Rranite porphyry when fresh is a green or
greenish-grey rock generally spotted with prominent crystals of
orthoclase, up to one inch in length, embedded in a fine-grained
groundmass made up chiefly of quartz and feldspar. Apatite
and zircon are present as accessory constitutents. Mu of the
quartz is secondary and in some thin sections of the rock appears
in the form of rosettes. The orthoclase shows incipient scricitiz-
ation along the cleavage planes. The edges of the crystals are
scricitized first, thus forming secondary border rims. In most
cases the granite-porphyry is much altered and schistose. It
appears to have been subjected to regional movements that did
not afifect the Nelson granite. The sericitized orthoclase
crystals exposed at the surface, weather from a light to a dark

' "Geology and ore depotlu of Rowland," Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 77, 1915, p. 20«.
*Gcol. Surv., Can., Mem. IK, p. 372.

pefn colour and at a distance the rock might be mi.takcn for
augite porphyrite. Other fcrruginou. varieties on exposure
weather red and through disintegration the crystal* of orthoclasc
are »c'. free. The alteration in some cases has l)cen acwmpanu-d
by the introduction of iron and magnesium to form hornblende,
and in other cases the rtKks are calcified. The quartz pheno-
crysts. where present, are corroded. One specimen of granite
porphyry contained microscopic inclusions of schist. The granite
porphyry at the Tamarac mine wasfoundto contain inclusions.)!
greenstone schist up to 14 inches in length, with longest diameters
standing vertical. In this case the greenstone had become
schistose before the intrusion of the porphyry.

Structurr and Origin. The granite porphyry intruMons
have the form of apophyses or tongues of irregular shape with a
dominant north-south trend. They generally follow the strike
of the greenstone schists into which they are intruded and in
many cases the tongues appear to have been metamorphosed
along with the femic schists to form light, greenish ^rey sericitc
schists The light-coloured schists stand out in strong contrast
to the dark greenish schists derived from the femic p«jrphyrite
members of the Rossland group.

Age and Correlation. The granite porphyry is intrusive
into the porphyrite and volcanic members of the Ros.land group,
and i. intruded by the younger Nelson granite. The intrusions
probably represent the earliest manifestations of the Jurassic
revolution in the region. The tongues, although more alkalic
in character than the so-called diorite porphyrite {gran.Kliorite
porphyry) of Rossland, may represent igneous intrusions of the
same age.

Nelson B 'tolith, Stocks, and Tongues.
All the preceding formations are intruded by large masses
of granitoid rocks, which form a part of what is termed the
Nelson batholith, and, as may be seen from the map, cover an
extensive area in the Ymir district. The term " Nelson granite,
though in common usage, is only applicable to very small portions
of the batholith. The rocks vary in composition considerably

from place to place, the most common type being a granodiorite,
a rock transitional between a granite and a diorite.'

Distribution. Stocks and tongues from the Nelson batholith
outcrop over a large part of the eastern half of the area, occurring
as a series of long, parallel intrusions, pinching to a few feet
and swelling to a maximum width of 4 miles. The remnants ol
rocks belonging to the Pend-d 'Oreille group and Summit series,
into which the granitic mass has been intruded and which
formed the roof to the batholith, now outcrop as a series of long,
parallel bands varying from a few inches to thousands of feet in
width. Such down hanging wedges of schist are generally
spoken of as roof pendants. The roof pendants which follow
the general trend of the schist formations, are injected to such
an extent by granitic material from the underlying batholith
that it is difficult in places to delimit the various masses by
precise boundaries (Plate VI). The contacts are in reality
transition injection zones and can be defined only arbitrarily by
considering the relative proportions of granite to schist.

An isolated mass of Nelson granodiorite outcrops near the
northwestern corner of the map-area on Dominion mountain
and another smaller area between it and the Salmon river.

Lithology. In mineralogical composition the rocks of the
Nelson batholith and allied intrusions range from a true granite
to a quartz diorite and more femic types. Texturally the granitic
rocks vary from a fine-grained granodiorite through several
gradations to the coarse porphyritic granite outcropping in the
vicinity of the Foghorn and Wilcox mines.

The porphyritic granite is a light grey to pinkish grey rock
characterized by a very coarse grain and in places by well
pronounced augen and gneissic structures. The granite is
traversed by well-defined joint planes, the master set being
closely spaced and corresponding in str'ke and dip with the older
intruded formations (Plate VII B and C). Large phenocrysts
of alkalic feldspar (orthoclase and microcline) and, less commonly,
of acid plagioclase are embedded in a groundmass of quartz,

' According to W. L4ndgren nanodiorite contMna 8 to 20 per cent alkali feldipart and the
•mount of plagioclaK li at least double that of the alkali feldipar. Am. Jour. Sc 4th aer
vol. 9, 1900, p. 269.

orthoclase. microcline, biotite, and sericite with accessory
magnetite, apatite, and titanite. The porphyntic granite
resembles in many respects Daly's Rykert granite at the Inter-
national Boundary.

The most common rock of the Nelson batholith is a grey
granodiorite of medium texture, with orthoclase and plaKioclase
(chiefly andesine) feldspar, biotite or hornblende, and quartz
as essential constituents; microcline, titanite. magnetite, apatite,
and zircon as accessory constituents; and chlorite, epidote,
kaolin, and limonite as alteration protlucts.

The granitic rocks of the stock and tongue members of the
Nelson batholith are predominantly fine-grained or porphyritic.
They have, however, the same mineralogical composition as the
parent granitic batholith and are sometimes referred to as
aschistic^ (undifferentiated) dykes.

Genetically connected with the Nelson batholith are many
diaschistic (differentiated) dykes which, in contrast to the
aschistic dykes, represent extreme divergences from the mam
parent batholith. They differ from one another in composition,
ranging from aplites, the acidic extreme, to lamprophyrcs, the
femic extreme. The aplites are light grey or pinkish in colour
and are most numerous in the more femic phases of the batholith
at or near its contact with the schists. They are of very fine,
even grain, in which are seen occasional black specks of biotite.
They break with a slightly crumbly fracture and have the
sugar-like, granular texture of typical aplites. Lamprophyre
dykes, or femic extremes of differentiation from the parent
batholith, occur throughout the whole area. The lampro-
phyres are probably of two ages: the older set related to
the Nelson batholith and the younger more alkalic set to the
Coryell batholith* of Tertiary age. They are dark green to black
in colour, weathering and disintegrating readily on exposure to
a greenish grey to brown sand. The lamprophyres, as a rule,
are persistent dykes with steep dips and are found chiefly in the
cover rocks of the batholith. The main types are minette,

illr8g£CT, W. C: Die EniptigMtelne del KrHtl8i.l««ebietei, vol. I. Die Ge.teine der
Grorudit-Tingualt-Serie. 1894. pp. US-153.

••■Geology »d ore depo.it. of Rowland," Geol. Surv.. Can., Mem. 77. pp. 32. 237-240.

kersantite, vogesite, and spessartite. The lamprophyre dykes
bear important structural relations to some of the ore-bodies
as, for instance, in the Porto Rico and Fern mines.

Structure. The rocks composing the bathoHth have com-
monly yielded to the differential pressures of mountain-building
periods by mashing and flowage producing gneissic structures.
The foliation in the gneiss generally corresponds in strike and
dip to that of the intruded schists; and both were later subjected
to the Laramide orogenic revolution at the close of the Mesozoic
era.

Secondary structure within the batholith is present in the
form of joint planes in two or three directions. Vertical planes
in two directions nearly at right angles and a horizontal set
are the most prominent joint planes. A north and south trend-
ing set with steep easterly dips passing into sheeted zones is
common toward the eastern border of the map-area. Diagonal
jointing is prominent in the central portions of the mass. In
many cases shearing has taken place along joint planes.

Origin. The nature of the origin of the Nelson batholith
is a matter for speculation. Probably a combination of the
hypotheses of active intrusion and magmatic stoping would best
fit the facts as observed in the field. The manner in which the
granitic intrusives conform in most instances to the structure
of the overlying formations favours the former, while the presence
in a few cases of crosscutting bodies of granite and the presence
of angular inclusions near the contacts and freedom from them
in the interior point toward the latter, or stoping hypothesis.

Age and Correlation. The date of the intrusion of the Nelson
batholith and related stocks and tongues has been generally
assigned to the late Jurassic or post Jurassic by McConnell,
Brock, and Daly. In the Ymir district there is no evidence of
its precise age, other than that it is later than the main orogenic
movements, which occurred, probably, in Jurassic times, and
older than the Tertiary intrusions of alkaiic granitic rocks.

Monzonite Chonolith.

Distribution. Between Quartz and Boulder creeks southwest
of the town of Ymir there outcrops over an area of less than one

square mile an irregularly-shaped intrusive mass (chonolith)
bounded in some places by flatly dipping contactsand elsewhere
by steeply dipping contacts. The Free Silver and May Blossom
properties are situated in and at the border of this minor in-
trusion.

Lithology. The monzonite is a granular to semi-porphyritic
rock. It is a greenish grey to black colour with dark pyroxenes
scattered through the light-coloured feldspathic constituent.^,
the contrast between the two giving the rock a mottled appear-
ance. In mineralogical composition the monzonite is of a
somewhat syenitic type with femic constituents in large amount.
It may be classed as between an augite-biotite syenite and a
normal monzoni . -iential constituents are augite,

biotite, orthocla; plagioclase; the accessory are iron

ore, apatite, horno.(.nUc, and quartz; and the alteration pro-
ducts are chlorite, epidote, kaolin, and limonite.

Structure and Origin. The monzonite appears fresher than
the Nelson granodiorite and does not show the effects of regional
dynamic metamorphism as much as does the granodiorite.
The exposed contacts between the monzonite and the Rossland
Volcanic group are sharp, with little variation in the monzonite
but considerable metamorphism in the intruded compact rock.
This crosscutting, monzonite mass is very irregular in form and
may be classed as a chonolith} Apophyses or tongues of
monzonite porphyry apparently connected in depth with the
chonolith were noted farther north in the vicinity of Barrett and
Hall creeks.

The contact relations of the monzonite with the older
formations indicate its intrusive nature, and the size and shape
of the mass and its homogeneity in texture and mineral com-
position indicate in all probability that it solidified under a
thick cover of overlying formations. There is no eviilcnce in
the Ymir district to indicate that the monzonite magma or

' Daly, R. A.. "Classification of igneous intrusive bodies." Jour. Gcol.. IW.S, vol. XIII,
p. 485. Daly defines a chonolith as "an inneous body (a) in;ccted into dislocattd rock of any
kind . stratified or not ; (b) of shape and relations irregular in the sense that they are not t hose of
a true dyke. vein, sheet, laccolith, bysmalith, or neck; and (c) conii«5ed of maKma either
passively squeezed into a subterranean orogenic chamber, or actively forcini! apart the country-
rocks. Word derived from .Vui"s. a mould used in the casting of metal, and ' iB'iS a stone."

molten rock reached the surface to form latite flows.

Age and Correlation. The monzonite is younger than the
Hall series, the augite porphyrite and the granite porphyry, and
is older than the main period of mineralization and the Salmon
River monzonite and pulaskite. It is considered that the
monzonite chonolith is intimately connected in origin with the
Nelson batholith and closely followed its intrusion, in late
Jurassic or post-Jurassic time. The Ymir monzonite may be
correlated with similar intrusives at Rossland and elsewhere
throughout West Kootenay district.

CENOZOIC.

TERTIARY.
OUttocene(?).

Salmon River Monzonite Stock.

Distribution. About one mile south of Ymir on the Nelson
and Fort Sheppard railway a small stock of coarsely granular
monzonite forms prominent spheroidally weathered outcrops.
The rock disintegrates rapidly into huge bouldery masses through
exfoliation and concentric weathering on joint blocks.

Lithology. The Salmon River monzonite is a dark greenish
grey, coarsely granular rock with stout prisms of augite and
biotite in a feldspathic matrix, the contrast between the twc
giving it a mottled appearance that is characteristic. The
larger crystals of feldspar schillerize in sky-blue colours whicli
are particularly brilliant on wet surfaces.

Under the microscope the augite appears as the pale green
almost colourless diopside and the crystals commonly measure
between one-eighth and one-quarter of an inch or more ir
length. The orthoclase is a soda variety and the plagioclas*
which is present in relatively small crystals is labradorite
Apatite and magnetite are present as accessory constituents and
kaolin and chlorite as alteration protlucts. A specimen ol
Salmon River monzonite collected by R. A. Daly from a similai
stock farther down the valley was analysed by M. F. Connor o\
the Mines Branch and found to have the following composition

Analyses cf Sahmm River MotuonUe.

SiOi

TiOi

AkOi

FeiOi

FeO

MnO

MgO

C«0

SrO

BaO

NaK)

KiO

HiOat 110"C
HK) above UO" C
P.O.

50.66
1-32

16-91
1-71
617
0-16
5-50
8-26
008
0-23
2
4

89
45

14
06
91

100-45

52-38
1-10

15-29
2-99
5-53
0-10
5-84
7-30
0-15

3
3

III

25
68
84
21
63
75

100-04

62-59
0-54

17-23
1-51
I-Q2
tr.
1-30
1-99

550
6-74
0-30

6-ii

99-83

I. Salmon RWer monzonite, M. F.Connor, analyrt. p„__

II. Basic contact phase (monzonite) Coryell batholith, M. F. Umnor,

III. Coryell puUskite, north of Record mountain, ProfeMOC DIttrich,
analyst.

Structure and Origin. The Salmon River monzonite is
traversed by two or three sets of 5'-' t planes rather widely
spaced, a flatly-dipping set being m. mment, as illustrated

in Plate X. The manner in which tk itrusion assumes a
rounded to oval outline, in places crosscv .I..g the rocks of the
Pend-d'Oreille group, apparently independent of structure, is
highly suggestive of the possibility of the pipe-like mass rep-
resenting the eroded core of an old volcanic conduit. The occur-
rence of pulaskite in the central porUon of the stock further
favours this possibility.

Age and Correlation. The Salmon River monzonite stocks
have been referred by Daly' to the post-Eocene (Miocene?)
and may be correlated with the border phases^ and cupola stocks
and tongues of the Coryell batholith at Rossland.*

■ Daly, R. A. Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 38. pt. 11, p. 317.

• Compwe analysi. of baric border pluue ol Cory..l pulaAite with Salmon Rl«r mon-

"""••Geclofy and ore deporiu ot Roadand, B.C." Geol. Surv.. Can., Mem. 77. WIS. pp.
29-30,233-23«.

At Rossland the writer provisionally referred the porphyridc
monzonite intrusions to the tin:e of crustai movements in the
Oliogocene and considered them genetically related to the alkalic
syenite intrusions (pulasldte).

PulaskUe.

The core of the Salmon River monzonite stock one mile
south of the town of Ymir, is composed of a typical granular
pulaskite^ almost identical with that of the Coryell batho-
lith farther west. The transition from the one to the other is
sharp and may be seen, well defined, near the railway track.

The pulasldte is a fresh, coarsely granular rock of a mauve
grey colour; it is finely speckled with light to dark green augite
and has a typical syenitic habit. It is composed essentially of
long rectangular feldspars (intergrowths of orthoclase and
albite) with augite (diopside) and biotite. Apatite and titanite
are accessory constituents. The large feldspars which have a
trachytoid structure display when wet, a brilliant blue schil-
lerization colour.

The pulasldte is very closely related to the Salmon River
monzonite and in all probability represents a slightly later
intrusion. Very likely the molten pulasldte reached the surface
to form trachyte flows, but erosion has left no remnants of
such lavas within the Ymir map-area.

Miocene (?).

Syenite Porphyry, Granite Porphyry, and Younger Lamprophyre

Dykes.

Throughout the district there are many salic and femic
dykes which are found cutting all the previous formations, with
the possible exception of the Salmon River monzonite and pulas-
ldte. They are probably genetically connected with a Tertiary
batholithic invasion (Coryell) and are predominantly alkalic in
composition. All such dykes in this district are later than the main
period of mineralization and are of little economic impoitance.

' Pulatkite i* a type of alkalic syenite between > normal syenite and a nepheline syenite
witli biotite as chief ferromagnesian constituent. NordmarUte is a quarts-bearing pulaildte.

yntic
n the
Ikalic

mile
nular
atho-
ler is
c.

lauve
ugite
llyof

and
anite
ive a
ichil-

River
later
rface
te of

phyre

emic
with
ulas-
tiary
ic in
main
ince.

■yenlta
ttMldte.

QUATEUNARY.

Boulder Clay or Till.

Till is found blanketing many portions of the upland and
valley surfaces, becoming more abundant southward. It is mac*"
up of compact sandy clay with stones and boulders scattered
abundantly and irregularly through it. Locally it coalesces
with the outwash gravels lying along the major streams. Glacial
erratic boulders are also of common occurrence.

Fluvioglacial Alluvium and Stream Deposits.

The modified glacial materials predominate in the valley
floors and were in large part laid down by heavily burdened
streams as outwash valley-trains contemporaneous with and
subsequent to the retreat of the valley glaciers. Such deposits
are well stratified and consist of cross-bedded sands, silts, and
gravels. The gravels consist of well-rounded pebbles, cobbles,
and boulders with lenses of coarse sand. The boulders are
mainly of granite although all the more resistant rocks out-
cropping in the district are represented.

The "older granite porphyry intrusives, Salmon River
monzonite, and pulaskite readily disintegrate into a coarse felds-
pathic subsoil. The valley slopes and cliff bottoms are more or
less skirted by wash and talus accumulations.

GEOLOGICAL HISTORY.
The Ymir district lies along the boundary line between
the two great geosynclinal zones or prisms into which the North
American Cordillera may be naturally divided. These are the
eastern or Rocky Mountain geosynclinal and the western or
Pacific geosynclinal. It has been pointed out by Daly that
prior to the Mesozoic the two geosynclinals, as regards their
relative periods of deposition and erosion, bore rt 'procal rela-
tions to each other. A relatively small eastern portion of the
Ymir map-area composed of the Summit series belongs to the
Rocky Mountain geosynclinal, whereas the remainder of the
area is part of the Pacific geosynclinal.

The earliest record in the Ymir district is one of early
Cambrian or Pre-Cambrian sedimentation when sands, silts,
and clays were deposited in a relatively shallow sea, later to be
metamorphosed into the quartzitcs, metargillites, and schists of
the Summit series. The climate at the time was probably arid
with seasonal rainfall. Sedimentation was followed by uplift
and crustal movements. The Palaeozoic era was a time of
everchanging epicontinental seas with intervening land barriers
of a general low topographic relief. It was during one of the
many such transgressions of the Palaeozoic sea that the sand,
mud, and lime rocks of the Pend-d'Oreille group were laid down.
This long period of relative quiet was terminated by a scries of
great disturbances when the region was uplifted above the sea
and the rocks deformed and in large part rendered schistose.
The Palaeozoic era closed with the beginning of continental
conditions of erosion and sedimentation which have continued
down to the present time.

The Mesozoic and later history is characterized by a higher
relief of the region with a stronger tendency towards emergencies
rather than submergencies as was so typical of Palaeozoic history.
The Triassic opened with vigorous erosion of the newly uplifted
land surface. The main event at this time, however, in the
Ymir district, was extensive volcanic activity in which coarse
fragmental material and lava flows were erupted with contem-
poraneous intrusions of porphyrite sills. A short interval of
quiet prevailed, however, long enough for several thousand
feet of conglomerate, reddish sandstone, and carbonaceous shale
to accumulate and these now form the Hall series.

In the Jurassic a most important geological event, from the
economic standp)oint, known as the Jurassic mountain-making
revolution, took place throughout the Cordilleran region. It
gave birth to many of the western mountain ranges and was
accompanied by much igneous activity and related minerali-
zation. Granite porphyry tongues were injected upward into
the cover rocks, under great pressure from an invading granitic
mass known as the Nelson batholith. Granodiorite and related
rocks were intruded in great amount and produced wi'e contact
aureoles of various kinds of schist — andalusite and bioiite schists
being perhaps the most common types.

A slightly younger intrusion of small areal extent, but one
closely related to i.ie Nelson granocliorite, took the form of an
irregular monzonite mass (chonolith) which forms the country
rock of the Free Silver and May Blossom veins.

Following batholithic antl chont)lithic intrusion and con-
solidation there was a perirxl f)f extensive fissuring and mineraliz-
ation and during that time the main ore dep<jsit« of the region
were formed. Then came a long peritMl of erosicm, lasting
throughout Cretaceous time; the mountains were slowly worn
down, the cover rocks of the Nelson batholith largely removeti,
and the veins laid bare.

Toward the close of the Cretaceous crustal unrest com-
menced, which culminated in the Laramide revolution. The pres-
ent ranges were outlined at that time. The climate in the moun-
tains was probably cool and humid as evincetl by the thoroughly
leached, light-coloured sediments of the early Tertiary in adjoin-
ing districts and the presence of scratched and facetted boulders
and pebbles from an early Tertiary tillite found in the Columbia
range.'

Following the erosion and continental setlimentation of the
Eocene, deformative movements took place, probably in (lligo-
cene and Miocene times and were accompanied by the intrusion
of the Salmon River monzonite, pulaskite, and related alkalic
dyke intrusions. Then a long period of crustal stability ensued
and the late Miocene-Pliocene erosion cycle commenced, which
was largely responsible for the removal of great thicknesses of
Tertiary sedimentary and volcanic records. The present
gentler though still mountainous upland topography with broad
flaring valleys may be referred to this Tertiary erosion cycle.
It is inferred that the Tertiary era in this region closed with the
land reduced to a surface of relatively low relief, but not so near
the level of the sea as it was at the close of the Mesozoic.

The Quaternary era began with a great regional upwarping
of the late Tertiary erosion surface which permitted the invigor-
ated drainage to entrench itself deeply into the older upland
surfaces and produce the present steep-walled valleys, since
smoothed and modified by glacial ice.

> "Gwlogy )f Fnmklin mining camp," G«ol. Surv.. Can., Mem. 56. p. 6S.

During the Pleistocene refrigeration of climate, the Cordil-
Icran ice-sheet advanced and retreated leaving much drift. At
least two distinct periods of valley glaciation and alluviation
succeeded the disappearance of the ice-cap. With the retreat
of valley ice the eroding activity of the streams increased and the
dissection of the alluvial gravels, sands, and silts began. A
scries of terrace steps mark successive stages in this down-cut-
ting process. At present stream deposits are being laid dowr
at certain aggrading sections in the valley Lottoms while th«
accumulation of subsoil, soil, and "wash" continues under th«
action of frost, ice, snow, rain, and humus.

SUMMARV OF GEOLOGICAL HISTORY.

The geological and physiographic history o. the Ymii
district may be presented for the sake of conciseness in thi
following tabular scheme:

PalaoMoic.

(1) Cambrian or Pre-Cambrian sedimentation in a shallow epicontinenta
sea with accumulation of sand, silt, and clay (Summit series). Seasonal varia
tion in climate from arid to pluvial conditions.

(2) Emergence of district above sea and continued erosion.

(3) Transgression or a Post-Cambrian sea over a downwarped peneplair
Marine se<limentulion with deeper water conditions (Pend-d'Oreille group]
Probably warm tropical climate.

(4) I'plift and local deformation of coastal plain deposits at close of th
Palaeozoic, followed by cycle of erosion.

Mesozoic.

(5) Great volcanic activity with ejection of pyroclastics and lavas
injection of porphvrite sills; short interval of qi'iet with deposition of cont
nental sediments (Hall series). Probably semi-arid climate. Moderate rclie

(6) Orogenic uplift — "Jurassic revolution." Batholithic invasion wit
related intrusions (Nelson granite and monzonite;; main period o. fissurin
and mineralization. .

(7) Long continued cycle of erosion producing the Cretaceous peneplaii

(8) I.aramide revolution. Epeirogenic upwarp of Cretaceous ^"^plai
with maximum uplift along the axes of present mountain ranges. Probabl
humid, cool climate and mountain glaciers.

Tertiary.

(9) Eocene continental erosion and sedimentation with development (
topography from state of youth through adolescence to maturity in place

(10) Oligocene or early Miocene diastn jhism and intrusion of Salmo
River monzonite closely followed by pulaskite and later alkalic mtrusion

(11) Late Miocene and Pliocene cycle of erosion; proJuction of mature
topography in Ymir ijiitrict, late maturity in broad interniontane depremiona
and local peneplanation in the Interior I'lateau province; climate becoming
cooler: drainage well organixcd. . . , „,. . .

(12) Differential upwarpmg of eroaion surface in late Pliocene and early
Pleiitocene. Lplift ilow enough for antecedent •tream», lome of whoae
course* were probably inherited from a Cretaceous peneplain, to maintain their
general course*. Incision of Pliocene drainage beneath upland surface*
(youthful valleys).

Qualtrnary.

(13) Pleistocene erosion and glaciation. Arctic climate with milder
interglacial periods; Cordilleran ice-cap and valley glaciers softened the con-
tour* of the old upland surfaces, steepened and bevelled the slopes of the youth-
ful valleys, amf left on its retreat much moiainic and out* ash material.

(14) Post-(ilacial erosion cycle with formation of terraces, gorges, and
ravine*. Recent stream deposits, subsoil, and •oil.

4^1

CHArH-k IV.
ECONOMIC n <U.OGY.

The province of British < ' 'inil.ii, , flfords a variwl field for
the study of different types 1 1 . > jr[«.siiG. Althou({h many of
thi-se have characteristics in . inn ' , no two dc.x)sit8 are alike

li t'l on

ai . . ' .

' III/ ■ ti '

the rt'.i
of moi (

will not ncces-

' i» ■■ akes have

ally established

J been disastrously

ion of development

ther less deserving

and geological principles that . pt'
sarily apply to another. Oi t'
been made; for geological y< \
as applicable to certain mi. in
employed in others, resulting u
on certain deposits and the wa^^t-
occurrences of ore.

Owing to recent advances in the study <>f ore deposits and
their origin it is now possible to apply gcolog>' to mining with a
much higher degree of accurac y and safety than heretofore and
it will be possible in the future to carry on prospecting and mine
development in a much mon^ scientific and economic manner
than ;it present. It is important, therefore, that all the known
mineral deposits of the province be systematically examined and
classified and the basis for their classification made clear. By
so doing investigators will know the criteria by which the various
types of deposit may be recognized and referred to their proper
place in the scheme. In this case the natural and ideal basis
for classification would appear to be the genetic one; for upon
the origin of an ore deposit depends the localization of ore shoots,
their persistence laterally and in depth, and other fundamental
problems most vital to the life of a mine.

The Ymir district, although at present a comparatively
small producer, presents a number of diverse types of ore deposit,
and the need of some such classification was felt in describing
and correlating in the succeeding chapter the fifty or more
properties scattered throughout the area of the map. In this

chapter, then-fore, after dealinR in .i general way with Mu- mode
of occurrence, Htructure, anil character «>f the variouc Ymir
ores and Kangues, a i«ccti<'n is devotol to their origin and age
and their correlation with other better known ore de[xwit(t in the
province. Accompanying this section is a table of clax'-ification
of British ( olun bia on shoots, Iwised on the physical conditions
of their deposition and origin. The table, of necessity, is tent-
ative and subject to change and revision a* mine development
and geological field work progress.

«>RE OCCURHESCE.

The ore flcposit? of the Ymir district occur chiefly in quartz
veins, the economic importance of which depends <«n their gold,
silver, and lead content. The most important veins 8<) far
developed are indicated on the geological map (in ixxket). They
occur both in the granitic rocks of the Nelson fjatholith and in the
metamorphic rocks of the Pend-d'Oreillc and Rossland (groups.
No deposits have U-en found in .he Summit serie.*, although
the gold-quartz veins of the neighlwurinK Sheep Crtck camp
occur in the southern extension of that sene*.

TYPES OF ORE DEPOSIT.

For convenience antl clearness of treatment the Ymir
deposits are descrilxnl in the order ol their present importance
under the following heads:

(1) Ore-»hoo<» in fissure veins cutting the country rock form,, ions
diagonally or at right angles. .... -.u .t,

(2) Ore-shoots or pockets in fissure or shear zone veins striking with the
country rock formations.

(3) Replacement ore shoots in limestone.

For an amplification of the following brief general descrip-
tion of the ore deposits the reader is referred to the detailed
accounts of the various properties in the succeeding chapter.

Fissure Vein Ore-Shoots Cutting Formations.

To this class belong the most productive and persistent
ore-shoots so far developed in Ymir district including, amongst

others, the ore-shoots of the Ymir, Yankee Girl, Dundee, Wilcox,
and Fern mines. The shoots occur in veins which represent
quartz-filled fault fissures having a general northeast by east
strike with steep northwesterly dips. The shoots vary in size,
shape, and pitch, depending as a rule on local structures. In

■lEj ;^ I

Figure 2. Block diagram to show localization of ore-shoot in quartz filled
fissure vei.i at intersection of vein with eranite porphyry tongue
aoproaching main granite mass. Typical of shoots in the Dundee,
Yankee Girl, and other properties south of Wild Horse creek.

certain cases the wall rocks of the vein are impregnated with ore
and may be mined. Most of the ore-shoots owe their localiz-
ation to changes in the country rock formations traversed by the
fissure vein or to the intersection of dykes or faults with the
veins. This is particularly applicable to fissure veins which

intersect the country rock formations at acute angles (Figure
2). Veins of this character occur commonly in the contact
injection zones between the rocks of the Pend-d'Oreille
group and the Nelson granitic batholith. The faulting along
the vein fissures has been such as to tend to offset or "heave"
the northern or hanging-walls eastward with respect to the
southern or foot-walls. Where the fissure planes were curved
and undulating, the faulting along the planes resulted in the
formation of pinches and swells in the vein, both along the
strike and along the dip of the fissure. The swells in some cases
afforded favourable places for ore-shoots. In character and
direction the faulting in the Ymir district corresponds to that
which took place along the principal vein fissures of the neigh-
bouring Sheep Creek gold camp as well as to the regional faulting
in the heavily-bedded quartzites of the Summit series at the
International Boundary. In the case of the Sheep Creek gold
veins, the ore-shoots pitch in the direction of the dip of the quar-
rite beds (Summit series) and were influenced by the nature of
the faulted walls, whereas in the Ymir veins under discussion,
the ore-shoots pitch in the direction of the granitic tongues or
toward the batholithic source of the solutions. Well-defined
fissure veins in some cases cut for hundreds of feet through the
Pend-d'Oreille schists, and contain only barren quartz, except
where the favourable granitic intersection is encountered.

Certain vein fissures, amongst others the Ymir, Wilcox,
and Tamarac, have a general east-west trend and appear to
differ in some respects from the northeast by east striking
fissures just referred to. So far as known the ore-shoots of the
Ymir vein were independent of granite intersections. As the
critical workings of the mine were inaccessible in 1914 it was
impossible to determine whether or not any local change in wall
rock or intersection was responsible for the localization of the
main shoot. The Ymir quartz vein is very strong and well
defined on the lowest (No. 10) level but the ore-shoot played out
at No. 7 level. The position of ground-water levels during pre-
vious geological periods may have been the main factor deter-
mining the depth of the ore-shoot. The physical character of
the rock also and its amenability to replacement may have been

influential factors as well as the nature of the faulting along the
curving fissure which produced the lenticular swell in the vein
now stoped out (Figure 8, {M^e 103.) Secondary fracturing in
the veins has lowered in some cases the zone of oxidation as
evinced by the presence of carbonate zones containing limonite,
cerussite, calcite, pyromorphite, and other minerals characteristic
of that zone.

In the case of the Tamarac, east-west, curving fissure vein
which dips flatly to the north, the ore-shoots are localized at
relatively sharp bends in the fissure which apparently were in a
state of tension and thus afforded ready access to ore-bearing
solutions (Figure 3). The lateral extensions of the shoots are
limited by dr^ structures in the vein, due to torsional stresses set
up in the crust. The massive granite-porphyry bordering on both
sides the ore-bearing, granite-porphyry schist acted as units, the
western mass being thrust northward with respect to the eastern.
The thrust subjected the intervening schist formation to a tor-
sional strain which resulted in a crevasse-like fissure of elongated
S-shape. The direction of the forces involved and the localiza-
tion of the ore-shoots as exposed by underground and surface
work are indicated in Figure 3.

In other cases in Ymir district ore-shoots or pockets are local-
ized at the intersections of mineralized fault planes with the fissure
veins, particularly where the angles of intersection are acute.

In the case of fissure veins traversing the Nelson granite,
as for instance in the northeast comer of the map-area, it is
significant that a number of the veins correspond in strike and
dip with the master joint planes. The hanging-wall is invariably
well defined and marked by both selvage and quartz, whereas
the foot-wall is as a rule ill-defined, and contains quartz angulars
(Figure 4). The quartz veins, furthermore, have a tendency to
be curved with their concave side toward the centre and widest
portion of the batholith. This may be explained as due either
to shrinkage effect toward the border of the batholith or to sub-
sidence of the central portion of the batholith during consolid-
ation. The latter would result i -. tensional stresses being set
up toward the border of the batholith with the formation of fissure
arcs having concave surfaces toward the area of subsidence.

i^-

/-/T '«CQr, . >> • • . . ■ • f . .

.,•••••.■: — 'i^.v^.ett jfo/w^'^'^'e ; .rfi;.- •.:••••.:;••■

— .~^ —'^o

"e o/*

o'ee

"_— -~^*'^/»o*e^

«P^/?/iee-^

Figure 4. Complex fissurre vein at Foghorn mine.

Fissure Vein Ore-Shoots and Pockets, Striking with
Formations.

As is shown on the geological map the regional trend of the
formations is in a general north-south to north-northeast-south-
southwest direction. It is natural, then, when Ymir district
was subjected to the severe strains and stresses set up con-
sequent upon crustal readjustments following batholithic in-
trusion and consolidation, that breaking points were reached and
various systems of fissuring formed. The formational contacts
and schist formations of the roof pendants in many cases afforded
hnes of least resistance to shearing and fracturing and a great
many of the veins described in the succeeding chapter were
formed in this way. The Pend-d 'Oreille schist of the roof
pendants, and the oldest granite porphyry (Ros.sland group)
tongues form the main country rocks of such veins. The
granite porphyry tongues are in large part schistose and difficult
to distinguish from the darker-coloured greenstone or porphyrite
schists of the Rossland group.

The ore in the veins of this system of shearing and fissuring
IS apt to occur in lenses or pockets and so generally lacks con-
tinuity, although it may carry high values. The pockets are
dependent in most cases upon dyke or fault intersections, and the
best ore is recovered from the veins where the wall rocks
are granitic rather than sedimentary. In such cases the granitic
dykes invariably strike with the schist formation, but dip at
steep angles toward the main batholithic mass. As a result
deep development on many veins of this type has proved dis-
appointing.

Owing to continental and mountain glaciation and the
absence of protective lava cappings, the zone of o.xidation in this
district is very shallow compared with that in regions farther
south beyond the border of continental glaciation. It is. how-
ever, more in evidence here and still more so at Sheep Creek
gold camp than farther north where glaciation was more intense.
The ore in veins of the type under discussion is in many cases
enriched by surface weathering and oxidation.

iniiii

Replacement Ore-Shoots in Limestone.

The only case of a replacement ore deposit in limestone,
within the limits of the map-area, is that of the Hunter V-
Double Standard property, situated on the divide between
Hidden and Porcupine creeks. The ore is very low grade
galena, zinc blende, and pyrite and carries values in silver and
lead with a little gold scattered through a carbonate gangue.
It occurs as irregularly tabular masses having "commercial"
boundaries and dipping flatly into the hill (Plate VII). The
country rock is the crystalline limestone of the Pend-d'Oreille
group which, unfortunately, in the neighbourhcxxl of the ore,
runs too high in silica to be much desired by the smelters as a
mineralized Hux. Surface enrichment on the Double Standard
claim has resulted in the formation of small arborescent
aggregates of native silver along fracture planes in the ore.

CHARACTER OF ORES AND GANGUES.

Ores.

The ores of the Ymir district may be classified as follows on a
basis of mineral content:

(1) Ores consisting essentially of auriferous galena (both steel ami cube)
and iron pyrites (coarse and fine) with some zinc blende, in a gangue of quartz
of varying colour and texture. No copper minerals are present in this cLiss.
Rarely cerussite and pyromorphite are present in the oxidized ores. These
ores occur in the form of shoots in fault fissures which cut the Pend-d Oreille
group and Nelson granitic rocks. They are by far the most important ores
yet known in the district and carry values in gold, silver, and lea>l. This
occurrence of high gold values in galena and zinc blende is unusual and quite
characteristic of Ymir ores.

(2) Quartz ores carrying free gold, also a little pyrrhotite, chalcopv'rite,
pyrite, and rarely tetrahedrite with associated carbonates and oxides. These
ores are found associated with intrusive dykes in the Rossland Volcanic group.

(3) Galena ores with some pyrite and zinc blende, carrying values chiefly
in lead and silver, in a quartz gangue. The country rock is mainly monzonite.

(4) Ores of auriferous pyrites in a quartz gangue. These ores are found
generally in shoots and pockets in fissures or shear zones, in oart replacement
ores, striking with the enclosing schist and injected granitic formations.

(5) Low grade sulphide ore of galena, zinc blende, and pyrite, containing
chiefly silver values, disseminated along with silica through a lime gangue.
The ore where it is oxidized contains minute leaves of native silver as a surface
enrichment product. The country rock of this mineralized flux material is
the Pend-d'Oreille limestone and marble.

Gangues.

The chief gangue mineral in practically every case is quartz.
Several varieties of quartz are present, most abundant being:

(1) A massive, clear, white variety so finely crystalline that no distinct
crystals are visible to the naked eye.

(2) A fine-grained dense, bluish variety in some places smoky with a
vitreous lustre.

The massive, white variety is the most common, although
the bluish variety Vvas noted very frequently in stringers in the
roof pendants of the Pend-d'Oreille schist. The bluish colour
may be due U) the presence of finely disseminated sulphides or
included microscopic rutile needles. In the fault fissure veins
free gold is most commonly found in the dark, smoky, blue
quartz in close association with the fine sulphides, the quartz
in many cases occurring as glassy blebs throughout the mass of
sulphides. The coarser, more brightly coloured sulphides
scattered through the white quartz carry lower values in gold
and silver. In the northeastern corner of the map-area large
crystals of clear quartz occur in vugs in veins cutting the Nelson
granite, and display comb structure. Kaolin, chlorite, and
calcite occur less commonly as ganguc minerals depending on the
nature of the wall rock.

MINERALOGY.

In the following descript. .i of the minerals occurring in
Ymir district only those found in close relationship to the veins
will be included. The mineralogy of the Ymir veins is comparat-
ively simple as a characteristic to be expected in veins formetl as
they were by ascending circulation at intermediate depths, with
shallow zones of oxidation, and virtually lacking secondary en-
richment and contact metamorphic zones. The list of minerals,
arranged according to chemical comfxjsition, is as follows:

Native cloments Gold, silver.

Sulphides Pyrite, galena, rinc ble-i it, chalco-

p>Tite, pyrrhotite, tetrahedritc, arse-
nopyrite, molybdenite.

Oxides Quartr, limonite, wad.

Photphate Pyromorphite.

Carbonates Calcite, cerus»ite, malachite, azurtte.

Silicates Tremolite, epidote, biotite, chlorite,

serpentine.

Native Elements.

Gold (Au). Native gold is found in small flakes and finely
disseminated specks in many of the Ymir quartz veins. It is
most commonly found in the rusty honeycombed quartz of the
oxidized zone. A part of the gold in the sulphides is in the free
state but it has not been determined in what form the combined
gold occurs. Tellurides of gold have been reportctl to occur in
the ores from several of the properties and possibly some of the
minutely disseminated gold may be in this form.

Silver (Ag). Native silver occurs very sparingly as arbores-
cent aggregates or flakes along fracture planes in the oxidized
ore of the Hunter V-Doubl" Standard property. It is associated
with limonite and tarnishc to a greyish black. The galena,
zinc blende, and pyritc generally contain silver, a portion of
which probably occurs in a relationship similar to that of the
gold.

Sulphides.

Pyrite {FeSt: Iron 46-6, Sulphur 53-4 per cent). The
sulphide of iron is the r-iost common of the metallic minerals
occurring in the district and is found both in the veins and wall
rocks. In the quartz veins it occurs in disseminated form
either massive or in cubes and cubo-octahedral crystals and may
have originated at different periods of mineralization. Much of
the pyrite is gold-bearing, partitidariy that associated with galena
and zinc blonde. The coarsely crystalline and massive varieties
occurring alone, in most cases, carry low values in gold and
silver.

Galena {Pb S: Lead 86-6, Sulphur 13 4 per cent). Lead
sulphide is probably the most sought after sulphide in the
district. Occurring a;- it does in the fault fissure veins which cut
the rocks of the Pend-d'Oreille group as well as the Nelson

granite, it contains most of the gold and silver values. Both
the fine-grained, steely, and the coarse, cubic varieties of galena
are present.

Sphalerite, Zinc Blende (Zn S: Zinc 67, Sulphur 33 per cent).
Zinc blende occurs in close association with the galena and
pyrite and in many cases carries high gold and silver values.

Chalcopyrite (CuFeSt: Sulphur 35, Copper 345, Iron 30-5
per cent). Copper pyrite or "yellow copper" occurs sparingly
as impregnations and veinlets in association with pyrrhotite
and pyrite. It is chiefly confined to quartz veins cutting the
Rossland group.

Pyrrhotite (F«r»5,.- Sulphur about 39, Iron about 61 per cent).
Pyrrhotite or magnetic iron pyrite occurs very sparingly in
association with chalcopyrite and pyrite, chiefly in the veins of
the Rossland group.

Tetrahedrite or Grey Copper {Cu {Ag)t Sb{As)t S,).
Grey copper was seen in small aggregates at the Gold Cup
property on Elisc mountain, where it is associated with chalco-
pyrite and malachite in a quartz vein cutting the Rossland
group. The occurrence of tetrahedrite scattered sparsely through
the quartz on this property probably gave rise to the report
that tclluride ore occurred in the vein.

Arsenopyrite (FeAsS: Iron 34-3, Sulphur 19-7, Arsenic
40 per cent). Arsenical iron pyrites occurs sparingly in the
district, but was observed in only a few of the ores collected.

Molybdenite (MoSi: Molybdenum 60, Sulphur 40 per cent).
Molybdenite is reported to occur in the Stewart Creek belt and
at the Free Silver property, but was not seen. The mineral
occurs at the border of a very quartzose variety of Nelson
granite on Lost creek 10 miles south of the border of the area'
and elsewhere in the Sheep Creek district.

Oxides.

Quartz (SiOt: Silicon 46-7, Oxygen 53-3 per cent). Quartz
forms the principal gangue of the veins and, as described in a

' DnrKltk. C. W.. "Not** on the geology of the MoUy molybdenite mine," Jour. Cnn.
Mia. laet.. toL XVIII, 19tS. pp. 247-2U.

previous paragraph on gangue minerals, occurs in various
colours and textures.

Limonite (iFtfii 311,0: Iron 59-8, Oxygen 25-7, Water
14-5 per cent). Hyilroiiji oxide of iron is comnifmly f«>und in
the oxidizctl zont if the veins as a product of the decomposition
of the sulphides of iron and the rusty rolour of many of the rocks
is due to the alteration of disseminated sulphides to limonite.

Wad {variable Ht A/wjOt). In many cases the wall rocks
and selvages of the quartz veins in the oxidized zone, as ex{X)sed
in the surface and underground w .kings, arc covered with a
thin coating of a dark-coloured, pi .bably impure oxide of man-
ganese. The black oxide is particularly noticeable in an- 1 near
the (luartz \eins cutting the Nelson granite, and display^ fern-
like coatings on fractured surfaces.

Phosphate.

Pyromorphite( {PbCI) Pbt (POi)»: Lead Phosphate) . A bright
yelluw, encrusted, oxidation product was collected in the honey-
combed surface ore at the Old Timer property up the North
Fork of Wild Horse creek. This was determined by R. A. A.
Johnston, mineralogist of the Geological Survey, to be pyro-
morphite. This mineral is very rarely found in Canaila, the
only other known occurrence being from the oxidized zone of the
Slociety Girl vein in East Kootenay district, B.C.'

Carbonates.

Calcite (CaCOi: Lime 56-0, Carbon Dioxide 440 per cent).
Calcite, or calcareous spar, occurs as the mail ^angue mineral
of the replacement ore-shoots in the Pend-d'^reille limestone.
It is cither massive granular or coarsely crystalline in form, and
near the ore it is usually siliceous. It is also found filling second-
ary slip planes, particularly in the shear zones striking with
the Pcnd-d'Orcille schists, and was evidently formed at a period
later than that of the main ore deposition.

' Schofield. S. J.. •'Gtolouy of Cranbrook map-area", Geol. Surv.. Can., Mem. 76, pp.

ito-ni.

Bowlei. O.. Am. Jour. Sc., 4Ui ter.. vol. 2». IW). p. 40.

Cerussile {Pb CO^ Carbov Dioxide 16 5, Lead Oxidr 83 5
per cent). CVruwife i» ri'iKH-ted an occurring in the upper
portion of the Ymir ort-shoot where secondary fracturing has
locally lowered the zone of oxidation. >

Malachite (CuCO, Cu (OH),: Cupric Oxide 71 9, Carbon
Du>xidel9 9. Waters -2 percent). Green copper carbonate i.
the common alteration product of the ores containing chal-
copyrite. It forms coatings on fracture planes and colours the
gouge at the surface.

Aturite (2 CuCO, Cu (OH),: Cupric Oxide 69-2, Carbon
Dvoxide 25-6, Water 5-2 per cent). Blue carbonate of copper i,
less common than the green carbonate and was noted at only
one property.

Silicates.
Tremolite (CaMg, (SiO,),: Silica 577, Magnesia 289,
Ltme 13 4 per cent). Tremolite was noted in long fibrous
aggregates forming with calcitc the gangue of a specimen of
ore from the Hunter V-Double Standard property.

Epidote (HCa, (AlFe), 5i.0„). Epidote is a common
secondary product of rock alteration and is found in nearly all
the rocks of the district. Much of it was formed in the rocks
prior to the main mineralization.

Chlorite (Silicate of Aluminum with Ferrous Iron and Mat-
nestumand Chemically Combined Water). Chlorite is frequently
found in and near the veins as an alteration product of the
ferromagnesian minerals in the wall rocks and in gouge material.
Serpentine (HtMg^i, 0,). Serpentine <KCurs like chlorite
as an alteration product in fissures and along fault surfaces.
Kaolin or Kaolinite (Ht AkSi,0», or 2H,0. AkOi-2SiOf
Stltca 46-5, Alumina 39-5. Water 140 per cent). Kaolin occurs
m the weathered gouge material accompanying fissure veins
and faults which cut the granitic and gneissic rocks and porphyries
Many of these gouge zones are wet and form water courses and
the kaolin results from the decomposition of the aluminous
mmerals occurring in them, especially the feldspars of the
granitic rocks.

j-ia

■ Fowler. S. S.. The Ymlr mine «id itt mUl prmctlce." Jour. Cm. Mln. ImL. 1900, pp.

URICIN OF OKE DKPCWITS.

From a omsi- Iteration of the occurrcnct ami mineralogical
asBticiation of the ores an<l r inguw. it i» inferrcil shut the metallic
Nulphides weredepoMtwl from hot, astccwiinn imlution!*. MintTals
diagno-ttic of contao- mctamorphic zimcs. or deep vein and upjicr
vein lones are alinent, ^y that iIk zone of deposition nuiht hav«
been at intermediate (i«t)ths.' That the depwitn ww formed
from aqueous solutions is indicated by the manner in which they
exist as fissure filliius the veins being in many cases' well handed,
and in some places exhibiling comb and druse structures.

At different f)eriods in their hi"tory the n)cks have Utn
fissured and sheared and suffereii consi«lerable displacement
and alteration. Many of thf later laults followe<l old
planes of fracture; for the accumulated crustal stresses l^und in
them planes of weakrH>ss. The most im|XM-tant fisMire^ from
the economic standpomt (war genetic relationships i. the
Jurassic mountain-making revolution and intrusion o! tho
Nelson batholith. The orogenic movements at ihat tune
uptilted the iedimentary formations to almt»<t their prt.ent
attitude. Compressive stresses probably dominated inin.cdi
ately prior to the granitic intrusion as a result of the upwari
pressure of the igneous mass. Many shear zones and fault
fissures developed in the formations of the batholithic cover
with a local tendency to offset and shear the formations to the
northeast. The granitic batholith reached its present position
by active intrusion and lit par lit injection under great hydro-
static head. The molten rock, with preceding gases and liquids,
was forced into the already much sheared and fissured roof
rocks and caused the recryst.dlization of the Pcnd-d'Oreille
limestone to marble, the formation of andalusile schists from
the clay rocks rich in aluminum and low in calcium, and the
infiltration of much quartz, feldspar, and mica to form various
schists. The schists are in many places much contorted and
foliated, particularly the limy varieties in the roof pendants.

•Undgren.Wald»mar, "Mineral Deporiti." pp. 513-515.

Uodtna iuuetu temperature, of from 175 to 300 degree! Centirmde and pRMira
of from 140 to 400 «tmo.phere. for ore-bodies formed at intermediate depthi. He furtBW
■Utet that nich depodu are formed from 4.000 to 12,000 leet from the nitfact.

It must be borne in mind that long continued denudation through
Cretaceous and Tertiary time has removed great thicknesses
of formations which formerly covered the batholith and has
exposed the granitic rocks and pendants. Immediately follow-
mg the batholithic intrusion of the late Jurassic, the direction
of the crustal stresses probably changed to one more nearly
vertical than horizontal and such as would result from differential
elevations or subsidences over the region.

The fissuring systems, which resulted from the relief of the
tensile stresses and from local conlractional and shrinkage
forces set up in the roof rocks and underlying batholith itself,
afforded channels of circulation for the mineralizing solutions.
The solutions— the after effects of batholithic intrusion-
ascended from great depths and deposited their burden of gold,
silver, lead, zinc, and iron in the fissures in the form of metallic
sulphides in a quartz gangue. The earliest solutions, under high
temperature and pressure conditions, were very siliceous and
deposited quartz and pyrite in the fissures and even replaced the
wall rocks in places, and sent into them branching angulars of
barren white quartz. They were closely followed bv the ore-
liearing solutions which deposited auriferous galena, zinc
blende, and pyrite in quartz gangue at certain favourable
localities in the vein.

The localization of the ore-shoots in the veins has been
alluded to in a previous section; and it may be stated here that
although, in this type of vein deposit formed at intermediate
depths, the country rock formations do not play the important
role in the localization of values that they do in the replacement
type of deposit formed in the deep vein zone, nevertheless, the
physical and chemical character of the country rock has
influenced considerably the nature and extent of the enclosed ore
deposits.

The zone of oxidation in Ymir district, although not so exten-
sive and deep as in the neighbouring Sheep Creek gold camp to
the south, is much more pronounced than it is in the Slocan and
other mining camps farther north. This change in the oxida-
tion zone may be due to the gradual diminishing of the eroding
effect of the Cordilleran continental ice-sheet towards its southern

•^

border which was not far south of the International Boundary.
The oxidized zones, where present, are found on the upland slopes
above the youthful valleys. The valleys have been cut since
the late Pliocene uplift and have been occupied by at least two
valley glaciers since the retreat of the Cordilleran ice-sheet.
Consequently, the vein out crops on the upland have been exposed
to weathering for a longer period of time and have developed a
deeper zone of oxidation than the veins in the more recently
glaciated valleys.

AGE AND CORRELATION OF ORE DEPOSITS.

The ore deposits of Ymir district are referred to the Mtsozoic
era and probably closely followed the intrusion of the Nelson bath-
olith. The Nelson batholith and related satellitic intrusions have
been assigned to the late Jurassic or post-Jurassic by McConnell,
Brock, and Daly. The deposits are of the same age as those of
Nelson, Sheep Creek, Bayonnc, Slocan, Ainsworth, and other
mining camps in West Kootenay district whose ores, too, appear
t. be genetically connected with the same granitic batholith and
cupola stocks.

The chronological sequence of the geological events influential
in the formation of the ore deposits as now exposed is tabulated as

follows:

(1) Late Jurassic orogenic revolution; uptiitin); and faulting of formations
belonging to tne Pend-d'Oreille and Rossland groups.

(2) Faulting and shearing followed by lit par lit injection of Nelson
granitic tongues and stocks into the steeply dipping cover rocks of the l^tho-
lith; infiltration and crystallization of quartz, feldspiir, and mica in Pend-
d'Oreille schists; and formation of contact metamorphic aureoles of andalusite
schist, marble, and chert. , , », .

(i) Period of fissuring followed the intrusion of the Nelson granite;
first mineralization by siliceous sulphide waters, and formation of barren
white quartz veins and angulars and replacement of certain wall rocks.

(4) Main deposition of ores in the form of ore-shoots and pockets in fissure
veins at intermediate depths. . i i. i- u-

(5) Cretaceous period of erosion and removal of much of the Ixitholithic
cover.

(6) Laraniide uplift ; faulting and offsetting of the veins.

(7) Tertiary erosion; surface weathering and oxidation in veins.

(8) Cordilleran ice-sheet glaciation during the Pleistocene and subsequent
valley and mountain glaciation which removed much of the Tertiary vadose
zone of the veins.

(9) Post-Glacial weathering and oxidation with formation of limonite,
cerussite, pyromorphite, malachite, kaolin, and chlorite in shallow oxidation
zone ; surface enrichment of gold and silver.

For correlation purposes the accompanying table of classifica-
tion for British Columbia ore-shoots is offered. The basis of
classification is the genetic one and in the tabulation the guiding
principle has been the temperature and pressure conditions of
deposition as established by Lindgren' and other economic
geologists.

PRESENT STATUS AND FUTURE OF DISTRICT.

At present there is very little mining being done in Ymir
district. The properties being worked, for other than annual
assessment purposes, are the Yankee Girl, Gold King, Wilcox, and
Foghorn mines. Within the area of the map there are five
completed gravity-stamp mills most of which are now in a state of
disrepair. Water-power and timber for mining purposes
are plentiful and the Nelson and Fort Sheppard railway affords
good transportation facilities. The Trail smelter is about
30 miles distant and the Northport smelter, Washington,
about 40 miles. Much of the ore was shipped to the Hall
smelter at Nelson 18 miles to the north before it was destroyed by
fire several years ago, although a limited quantity was sent to the
Granby smelter at Grand Forks, B.C. The main producers in the
district have been the Ymir, F"ern, Porto Rico, YankeeGirl, I )undce,
Wilcox, and Hunter V mines, their total production amounting to
about 500,000 tons. The details regarding production and values,
mining methods, etc., for each individual property, are given
in the succeeding chapter.

Without <loubt many undiscovered veins and ore-shoots are
still hidden under the thick cover of wash and drift in certain
promising belts. Much of this territory, however, is held by
crown grant and there is little encouragement to the prospector.
Veins parallel to those of the main prfjducers of the past should
Ije sought after and many of the abandoned barren veins shuuUi
be tested further for the occurrence of ore-shoots at geologically
favourable l(Mralities.

The successful exploitation of the ores in the district would
be aided by an amalgamation td interests which would result in

■ UnAftm Waldemar. "Mineral DepoiiU." p 188.

jMin

Tempcn-
Carc(in<k-
graoCcnti-

■nde).

PnMurc
(inatmot-
phcru).

Typ* of on-thoot.

L MaOMATIC •■OMOATIOK iHpcm.
700tol,5«).IVery high.l Chromitt chkfly In "pocketi.

Typ* looUtht in Britbh
Columbia.

Mine or occur- Di»trict.

Orao.

Tulamccn Chromite contain
Taylor fanain. Lillooet. ing microaeopic

' diamond!.

J00± to
800.

Vcryliiih.

Sulpida^^af copptr in "bunclw*" or

'Blacklcad" {Franklin.

pnpartiaa. I

SorptntiiM, oUv-

Cliaknpyritc and Urtluiclaa* fdda-
bomit*. par, augitc,

maioitit*.

II. IGNKUUS MITitaORralC SHOOTS. ,„,.,,. jlr-l..U-,

Itnwu:. repUcmwr .lioot. not re-Granbyand B.C. fhgmuc ^"ff-^^

Uted to contacti.

: Copper Co.
mines.

^hakopyrite. Garnet, epidoM,
mMMUte,ipacu- caidte, actlno-
lantc, pyrite, lite, chlorite,
rarely bomite
and aplMlerite. i

Contact metunorphic iheoU.

Marble Bay.

Texada

jChalcopyrite, 'Garnet, diop^,
' bomite, molyb-; tremoUte, epi-

denite, native i dote, caldta.

•aver. I

'Nickel PUte.

Hedley.

.\nenopyrite, pyr- Caidte, garnet,
rhotite.chalcopy- epidote, pyros-
rite, iphalerite, eoe, quarU am|>-
and pyrite. hibole.

300 ± to IVeryhigh.
S00±.

lSO±to
30O±.

Pneumatolytic ahoott.

Molly.

Salmo.

Molybdenite
molybdiu.

and Pyrite, epidote,
ortboclaie, loo-
lin, quart*, mica.

III. SHOOTS 0» *«CKNDINO CiaCinjiTION. i

UcpiMtion and tocaliaation— Centre Star, WarHoMlan.l.

a. At gnat dcotli — "•hoou of van- Eafle,

Higii
(UO-UW)

l.e Roi,
anJ Josie gnupal

1. Dot to t ilt—' - *' effect of wall of muies.

rock.

2. Dae to iiiniilliig vein*.

3. D«e to dyiat i n t e r aertin n a.

4. Dae to iapouading of mioer>f

aliaiag Ktlationa.

5. Dae to chemical reaction. |

"halcopyrite, pyr-iSilidfied and biot-'
rhotitc, i»yrite, itiied country

with gold and
silver value*.

b. At

iaicrmediate deptlt— "ahooui
•f occurrence'' («»y4,000to|

12,000 feet below the >ur
face).

Due to availalile open apace'Cofonation and
and phyaicai dBracter of otliergold '
waU "

rock withcUor-
ile,cak»te,|»nMt,
and quarts.

LUknet.

Free gold, pyrhe,ilBbboBod quaMr^
araenopytfte.

2 Doe to chemical eSect ol walliNo. 1 mine, Lucky Aio.worth,

rock iacfauhaa "blanket Jim, Galenal Slocan.iinl

- ^^ Fann, Wataeheld

SoUIva

-4

Soil
other

__. Jndl
lead-zuicj

i^aat Kuut-
cfuy.

ialena, -phalerit^,|AltqrfSiW<*»nei
pyrite, iidtiv* M- aq||Bf or <4««i*-
ver, aad oxidiied! aRe.

3. Due to interacting of a«»nd-!. Mother Lodu, "^Pj^Jf^
ing and dvoending aolu- gi iaa n .and otberi nd Ynar.
tiona, gnU miaeii .

4. Due to impoundinf of mineral-

iaini iolutioaa.

5. Dae to

)± to

uat.

Laas than
. 100.

UMdaat Ymir.

pyriteH^yricic quart/

aa# .a ■■■

.iwidiaetf)

Silw-kad minealSiocan aad
naar Sandon, andl Ymir.
Yankee Girl aad
other gold mil

iQaarta, lideriW;

c. At .light depth. , ..1'^'.?^ ""*

Dae to pfayiical character ol aallj Stibmte grpupa,

rock and uweraectton*. i Cinnabar mine*.

pyvfte.

oervan- fjmnz, kaolin,
ttinrfrr limn-H-
I in ca>e

IV. SMOOTS op DBKnnmM CMCWLATiaM

oB VAMMB moan. \

aa the up-lsheam cnck 1 Imial ti. aatiy *

aad pyiuinM | * i t «,

, native gaU aad
diver at Ynrir.

m, oBv-

CadwtlkMtar PwidatlM iBL

H fdd*-

kUfitC,

tite.

ShookiiiiM-py- Mloctnt.

Age of
■iiMnlintion.

Chanctwlitici ol ilwott •nd criteria for

epidote, Uppw Pal«>- iGrmnodjorlte
actino- u*c crytUllinel bathohth.
karite. Umaitone.

diofMide,
te. epi-
akite.

ganwt,
!, pyrmt-
laruamp-

Palacuoic lime- Oiorita parpby-UteJura«ic.
•tan* (pure). riu dylw and
; lUida o(
I quarts diorite.

1. Simplicity o( mineraloty.

2. I iiadatim o( ore into femic igneout rork.
i \Im«m* ot poeumatolytic minerals.

4. Igaaoui opmpoiient mineral*. , . ^

5. KaiMMiXof minerali produced by thernul

alttratloa, iuch aa NridU, quaru, car-

iMMMtaBi lAC*

6. Ralatioa oi eomponent graiai which indi.

cat* eariy cryitaUintioa.

Raftnncta to Utarature.

Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 26, 1913,

pp. 16»-I70.
Gml Surv., Can., Sum. Rept.,191S,

p. S3.

Geoi. Surv., Can., Mem. 36. IVIS,
pp. 172-174.

Late JuraMic

Banded and im-Dioritoiiabbro.
pure Palaoaoic
limei

Early Maaoaoic.

epidote,
laK, loo-
aru, mica.

1 . Mamiva •ulphidaa and oxida in lime ulicate

2. InSuCTiihape, tixe, and distribution of

•Soota.

3. loduaioai ol lime.

4. Influence o( minute (racturea and >lip*.

5. Shrinkage craclu and viigi filled with calcite

cryitala.

6. Abaanoe of itnictural walla.

Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 21, 1912,

pp. 53-70.
C^eol. Surv., Can., Mem. 19, 1913.
pp. 32-40.

(^col. Surv., Can., Mem. 3t), WIS,
pp. 44-56.

Gaol. Surv., Can., Mem. 2, 191U,
pp. 130-180.

Pend-d'Oreille |Quwtan«
•chiata and bialila graaite.l

li m aatoo e .

Late Juraanc.

d and biot- /.-iite porphy-

country rite lilU.

withchlor

cite,ga'Beti

uarta.

1. Aaaodated with pegmatite dykes or vit-

reoua quarta veiiueta.

2. Caamcted with jointing •ystems in quarta-

oae granite near upper border of cupolaj

Tran*. Can. Min. Inat., vol. XVIII,
1915, pp. 247-255.

GaoL Surv., Can., Sum. Kept.,
1916 (in pnparation; for des-
cription ol simUar occurrence.

Stocks and ton- Late Jurassic
gues of grano-| and Miocene,
diorite and
diorite por-
phyrite.

Lode deposits— replacement shoots along Geol. Surv., Can., Mem. 77, 1915,

shear aonea. PP- 5S-62.

Influence of country rocks very great in

tocaUaatioa of ore-shoots, character of ore,

and traod and dip of veins.
Utanae aiteratioo of wall rocka with their

riHr'*~''~'i biotitiatioii, and chkmii-

Ckaa oaonaxion with cupola stocks, and
totwuea of granodiorite and diorite por-
phyiit*.

Prsseace here and there of garnet.

%ad quas«r 4".«dwallader Aufitc diorite l^tejuraasic.
and gninodio-
\ rit*. I

iiagularity of fissuring.

Fraa gold in quarti gangue filUng assure

dominant type
Fauhiag ahMg vein fissures common with

stichaasMea and gouge aa well aa atep

Gaol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1912,

pp. 194-208.
GcoL Surv., Can., Sum. Kept., 1915,

pp. 8045.
Mem. in prepa rati o n .

f fiMitMie.'Lit ,

^•tluMit- argit«ee,and
jUartaMe

NMaon ^anitr .late Jurassic.

fwiliM aloBj formatinnal pliuwa witn
iaiWillim of crevaaae fiaaurca and 'atock

and

c quart/ .^rvinit series Netoon granite. Lata Jurassic.
mtYMii'

. riderite Siocan mi^, Netonramte.
Peod-d'OMMe

Uteja

:t, kaolin, Bridpe Kiver
■ite limonite: l a i tab asa t' ;
ts in case ofj Nloola serial

RhyoClepar-

{Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Kept.,
'Pinches" and "swells" characteristic of; 1914, pp. 40-41.
I many rains I Mem. in preparation.

VUeie wall rock of faai«» vein i» limertone, Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Kept.,

replacement a common and silvrr 1910, pp. 123-128.

values dominate. _^_____

""avstieaka" tend to foBow one or the other;^ '~

■ ' 11 '• Bxplanatory notea.

» aTS cour«» common. Ge&. Surv., Can.. Map 1068, 1900.

Close genetic coaoexkm between master

ioinruig and fiaaare vein i*aiama.

Tertiary.

1. ©re occurs in "lenses" or "packets " lacking G"^- Surv.,^j«i.,

m continuity and regularity. 1»15. PP- »*-«•

2. Aaaodated with volcanic rocks of Tertiaryj

Gaol. Surv., Can., Sum. Kept.,

1910, pp. 123-128.
Mem. in pr e pa fat in n .

n. Kept.,

Lata Tertiary

a. Cwnb itruaMras, froaan walla, and brecda-j

i^aawa-dis t i n c ri o B to tke pied^BMi

_: r?ie umtimJ d irteti o w ia the aBssaryl

systematic prospecting and the development of the ore reserves.
The following policy advcKated by O. E. I.eRoy' for the Nelson
district is equally applicable to Ymir district. "The owners
should be willing to permit their properties being developed under
a practical working bond without any cash consideration, if the
property is not sold the development work proves its value to a
certain extent, and if the prc^ierty is worthless the sooner that
fact is discovered the better for the owner. There are so many
cases throughout the country generally where the owner is spend-
ing his money in desultory divelopment which is oftentimes
valueless. The majority of mineral deposits arc not easily
exploited, but call for the employment of strict technical and busi-
ness methods beyond the resources of the small holder. If
reputable people could Ix- secured to interest themselves every
facility should be given to encourage them. Such a policy if
generally adopted would undoubtedly yield results lieneficial
both to the individual and the community."

> "Gcolofy of Nelion map-area," G«ol. Surv.. Can., Sum. Rrpt., 1911, p. 146.

C HAPTKR V.
DESCRIPTION OF MINES AND PROSPECTS.

INTROUtCTION.

More than three hundred mineral claims arc located
within Ymir map-area and about one-half of them are surveyed
and irown-nranted. Some of the claims originally crown-
granti-d have since been forftileil to the crown and sold for
taxes. With a few notable exceptions the crown-granted claims
are allowe<l to remain idle and .i.c barred to the prospector,
although some of them arc at times leased or bonded. Annual
assessment work is done on m..ny of the ungrantetl claims in the
area. There are five gravity-stamp mills in the district and one
alx)ut to lie constructed.

For purposes of description and in order to avoid repetition
the properties and claims in the district are groupetl in ten
mineralized l)elts, each named after the crtH?k which gives access
to it. The Ix-lts are descrilied in order of location from Wild
Horse creek southward (east of Salmon river) in extensions of the
same ore-bearing formations; then from the south Iwrder of the
area (west of Siilmon river) northward to Clearwater creek. The
profK-rties or claims are arranged alphal)etically under each belt
heading and their precise ix)sition in the district is shown on the
accompanying mineral-claim map compiled by the late Geo.
K. Revell' (Figure 5).

KUIfd in action in France witli the Canadian Enfinceri.

Figure 5. Mineral clainu in the vicinity of Ymir (tee Addenda, page 149).

LIST OF PROPERTIES.

The following is a list of the main crown -gran ted claims:'

No. (we
Fig. S)

101

131

129

122

268

120

132

228

230

186

188

248

209
10
57

110
116
117
270

269

5'>
2.Vt

158

Nanir of claim

l.<x:ator

Rockland .

Ymir

Mugwump

Jerome Pit re.
odepli I'itre.
Oliver Hl.iir

( iooclenouKh -
Free Silver .

F.lise

(tolilen Morn
Summit' . . . .

Sterling

[Blackcock

Wilcox
'Kourth-of-July

I Bywater

IRo.imilce'

(iold yucen

MulliRan

.fVKxl Hope .
I Blue Quartz

iTamarac

Rover .

] Foghorn

I Empress

iPorto Rico. .

Iloplin

Kol>ert»on Fr.i< .
Nora Frac

.\lfx (iayette.

J. M McLaren

Olivi r Blair

I Jerome I'itre

v. W. .Anderson et al.

. ;Wm. Calilwell

lA. Julien

Date of locating

|uly9, 1895
July 17
Aug.

June 16,
. 22

t«'

-1

July

Aug.

30
7
8
9
1

I'hil. White and S. Bywater

K. R. Ilurruaa. . .

Swan NeiMjn

(>e<>. Kicherman . . .
J. J. IVwaret al

E. Peters

J. W. Hamlen

K. Peters

A. Parks and P. Keo

F. Britton

Maxwell and Day —

M. R Bellamy

R. B. Wood

. B. A. Robertson

Aug.

Sept

'>ct. 8

Dec. 8

, 16

" I.. . Blossom W. Birmingham

Fern ("apt. Duncan

Dumas K. (.roteau and (1. Pcllent

Inion Jark Mich.icl Nealy

< .irthage* II. Kcarns

(.olden Calf K. Peters

Canadian Pacific T. S. .McPherson

l^wrence Frac London and B.C. Cioldi

Field Ltd

Pountne\ S. S. Fowler

May

June

July 20

, 23

.\.,.;. 25
Sept. 30
Oct. 3

30
30

1, 1897

Alexandre IE. Croteau and (J. Pcllent .

Nevada J. B- Stover

Atlin IJ. W. Mastcrton

March 18,
July 1
Oct. 27

1898

■ Mr. J. Citrtnicl. fold commissioner at Nelson, baa kindly (umished the dates and
of locations o( most oi the claims mentioned.

No. (we

Fig. 5)

Name of claim

Locator

Date of locating

161
ISV

Canadian * lirl

Vankwllirl

O. A. l-ovill Oct. ,10, JH'W

J. H. (Graham j , M>

Ouniltc j. Lanf^Storlu May 7, IWIt)

Hunter V \. A. \frnon n 11

160

Yukon Krac

A. C. O'Neill 1 Oct. J. ITOI

Commixlore.

I'hilip White I June 17. lOOi

Olil Tinur

K. M. I'etir-.. K l< Shrum.
Chai. De»rii»i. r» July 26. IWW

(-.oUICup iKnteit BullinKcr | CXt. 25.1010

Lout ('aliin»
Jennie H«ll

Krnest itallinKvr

J. Kileeland J. K. Brtni-

ner

July 6.1911
. 17

• Furfritcd to Crow Nov. .1, iw;,

• 110.1

« . .... IWM

• UpMd.

WILO IIOKSK CRKKK AND SOUTH FORK HKI.T.

Blackax k.

Thi- Blackcock claim acljoitis the StcrlinK, lyitiR to the north-
east iK-twtTii the SicrliiiK and the Wilcox. The proiH-rty w.is
located Aumist 1, 1896, hy A. Jiilien who did development work
on it (lllriIl^; 1898 and 1899 and made a shipment of about .15
to 40 Ions of ore running almut S25 |x?r ton in gold and silver.
The pri'iK'rty is owned by McMillan Brothers.

The BlackcfK-k vein Ix-lonRs to the general n«)rth-80Uth
(magnetic) 'rending system of veins and occurs in the same roof
pendant of Pend-d 'Oreille schist as the Sterling and Roanoke veins.
The roof pendant is about 300 feet wide, contains much injected
granitic material, and is transversely cut by a series of lamp-
rophyre dykes. To the west it is Iwundwl by porphyritic
granite and to the east by the normal granodiorite of the Nelson
batholith. The mineralization appi.irs to follow fracture planes

MiaOCOfy RKOIUTION TBT CHART

(ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2)

ill 2.0

^E: '653 Eo»l Moin Slr«|
^^ ('16) :m- 3999 _f,.

striking and dipping steeply with the schists. That there has
been considerable movement along the fissures is indicated by
the occurrence of much gouge material and slickensides. A nearly
horizontal set of striations, tending to plunge southward, is present
in certain of the veins, indicating a differential horizontal move-
ment or heave. The mineralized zone appears to be confined
to the eastern half of the roof pendant and the values are found
in the pyrites in a quartz gangue associated with some zinc
blende and galena. Calcite occurs in the gouge material in
some places as dog-tooth spar.

The Blackcock property has been practically idle for more
than fifteen years.

Canadian Pacific.

The Canadian Pacific group consists of twenty-four claims
and fractions, seven of which are crown-granted, and embraces
a tract of territory lying on the mountain divide between the
Wilcox and Ymir mines. The crown-granted claims were
located during the autumns of 1896 and 1897 by E. Peters, H. R.
Bellamy, and T. S. McPherson. They are the Canadian Pacific,
Golden Calf, Annie Maud, Ramsey, Joplin, Oronogo, and
S. J. M.

Open-cuts, and prospect tunnels and pits have disclosed
several parallel veins. The Canadian Pacific veins, like the
Blackcock, Sterling, and others, belong to the north-south
(magnetic) system striking and dipping with the schist for-
mation. The gold values are in the pyrites ano are highest
where the gangue is blue quartz.

Commodore.

Location and Development. The Commodore group of six
claims is situated on the south side of Wild Horse creek nearly
opposite the mouth of the North Fork and at an elevation of
about 2,750 feet above sea-level. The Commodore claim was
located June 17, 1902, by Philip White and has not been crown-
granted. The group of claims including the Commodore is
now owned by D. E. Grobe and others who have done at least

300 feet of tunnelling besides open-cut work on the property
One tunnel was raved-in at the time of examination and could
not be examined.

Geology. The vein is in a contact zone between Nelson
granite and Pend-d 'Oreille schist. It strikes with the schist,
but where opened up has a westerly dip of 50 degrees. The
uppei tunnel encounters tWD parallel veinlets of quartz and in
one place the quartz swells to form the whole "back" or roof
of the tunnel. The face of the tunnel is in massive granite The
lower tunnel is 130 feet long and follows the north-south (mag-
netic; trending vein which, when followed southward for 60
feet, swings westward and assumes a strike of north 40 degrees
east (magnetic) with a dip of 50 degrees to the northwest. A
heavy sulphide showing is present near the face, but the values
m gold and silver are low. Ruby silver has been reported to
occur in ore from this property.

Foghorn.

Location and Development. The Foghorn property is situ-
ated on the steep western side of Wild Horse valley at an elevation
of approximately 5,800 feet above sea-level and 2 miles below
the source of Wild Horse creek. The Foghorn crown-granted
claim was located September 16, 1896, by A. Parks and P. Keo.
It was acquired a few years later by the Golden Monarch Mining
and Milling Company of Spokane under the management of Mr.
Conrad Wolfe who carried on energetic and almost continuous
development work during the years 1901, 1902, and 1903. The
mine has not been operated since March 26, 1904'. There is
nearly 2,000 feet of tunnelling on the property all done by hand
drilling, as well as four prospect shafts and numerous open-cuts
on the veins.

Geology. The work has been done on three quartz veins
known as Nos. 1, 2, and 3 veins, Nos. 2 and 3 are almost parallel,
and No. 1, on which the first work was done, forms an acute
angle with the other two. All three veins have been well exposed
on^he surface by means of open-cuts and prospect shafts. No.

^^^^J^^irta, Uie .ummn of 1916 the proj«ty «m being prcpected by meuu of the

1 vein is the most northerly and the highest and No. 2 the most
southerly and lowest with No. 3 vein traversing the intervening
ground. No. 1 vein, as exposed in an open-cut, strikes north
8 degrees east (magnetic) and dips at an angle of 52 degrees to
the west. The foot-wall of the quartz vein is an aplitic variety of
granite grading into gneiss; the hanging-wall is normal granite
and contains small angulars of quartz. The quartz is honey-
combed and iron stained in places. A little farther north there
is a prospect shaft about 15 feet deep on the same vein. At that
point the vein contains quartz and strikes north 10 degrees 30
minutes east (magnetic) and dips 44 degrees to the west. An
angular of quartz is present in the foot-wall. About 40 feet
below the prospect shaft a crosscut tunnel 166 feet long taps
the vein after passing through a fine-grained siliceous granite
which is in many places foliated. The vein, where it is inter-
sected by the crosscut tunnel, strikes north 10 degrees east
(magnetic) and dips at 45 degrees to the west. A drift on the
vein for 24 feet southward shows that it swings slightly to the
east, the dip of the foot-wall flattens locally to 35 degrees and the
hanging-wall dip steepens to 55 degrees. A drift northward on the
vein for 22 feet shows that it swings 1 degree to the west in strike,
and steepens in dip to 54 degrees. In the face of the north
drift 1 foot of quartz is present in the vein with 2 to 3 inches of
selvage or gouge on the hanging-wall. Wad is common in and
near the vein. The hanging-wall is well defined and marked by
gouge and slickensides. Ore from a heap near the portal of the
tunnel consisted of iron pyrites in a blue quartz gangue.

No. 1 vein has been further developed along its northern
extension in a nearby gully by a shaft sunk inside the portal of a
short tunnel. The vein at the shaft strikes north 10 degrees
east (magnetic) and dips at an angle of 50 degrees to the west.
The hanging-wall is gneissic granite; against the wall is 2 inches
of oxidized, iron-stained selvage; next to thij is 1 foot of glassy
comb quartz with vugs separated by a parting plane from 1 foot
of decomposed granite. This is followed by 3 to 4 inches of
dear finely crystalline white quartz on the foot-wall. The foot-
wall of the vein is the same siliceous variety of granite; it con-
tains quartz stringers, and passes gradually into the normal
Nelson granite at a distance from the vein.

No. 2 vein is exposed in an open-cut about 250 feet lower
in elevation than the tunnel on No. 1 vein. No. 2 vein strikes
north 40 degreeseast (magnetic) and dip845 to 50 de-rees in a north-
westerly direction. A crosscut tunnel 20 feet long L driven 40
feet below the level of the open-cut and from the crosscut thero is
a drift on the vein for 66 feet. The vein in the face shows one
inch of quartz containing pyrite and iimonite with several inches
of oxidized and kaolinized granitic vein rock. The country
rock is salic. foliated granite containing large phenocrysts of
orthoclase.

No. 3 vein, from which the highest values were obtained
IS opened up by three surface cuts, a shaft with drifts, and an
adit tunnel. The open-cuts expose a vein 1§ to 3 feet wide,
of comminuted, decomposed granite containing bunches of
quartz (honeycombed in places). The hanging-wall is well
defined and undulating and both walls are of granite. Urge
quartz crystals are present in vugs in the oxidized vein. An
incline shaft sunk on the vein is down about 20 feet and there
appear to be drifts in both directions from it which were filled
with water at the time the mine was visited. The elevation of the
shaft collar and portal of the tunnel is about 100 feet higher than
that of the tunnel on No. 2 vein, and about 135 feet lower than
the uppermost open-cut on No. 3 vein. The workings are close
to the upper terminal of the aerial tram.

The vein is encountered 39 feet in from the portal and there
It strikes north 33 degrees east (magnetic) and dips north-
westeriy at an angle of 53 degrees. This strike persists for 99
feet; then the dip steepens to 65 degrees and the vein swings
northwesteriy and strikes north 61 degrees esst (magnetic) for
54 feet to the face. A mica-lamprophyre dyke occurs in the face
of the tunnel striking north 50 degrees west (magnetic) and
dipping northeast at an angle of 70 degrees. The vein is a
fissure zone .:ontaining much gouge and breccia and has served
as a water course. Quartz bunches occur in the gouge material
and of the two walls the hanging-wall is by far the best defined.

In 1000 the Golden Monarch Company commenced a cross-
cut tun; ,veral hundred feet lower than the apex of No 1
vein, intending to tap the veins in depth, particulariy No. 3 vein

from which the highest values were obtained. The tunnel
runs north 65 dt jrees west (magnetic) and is all in granite. At a
distance of 525 feet in from the portal a shear zone, striking
north 36 degrees east (magnetic) and with a steep dip to the north-
west, was encountered and drifted on for 51 feet in a south-
westerly direction rnd for 8 feet in a northeasterly direction.
This may be the lower extension of No. 2 vein. Thirty-nine
feet farther along the tunnel another parallel shear zone dippinj-
70 degrees to the northwest, has been raised on for 10 feet. A
20-foot drift has been driven to the northeast on a small shear
in the granite, 123 feet farther in. Forty-five feet farther a
vein which, in all probability, is No. 3 vein in depth is met.
Here the fractured zone is drifted on for 80 feet to the south
where the same lamprophyre dyke which terminates No. 3 vein
at the upper tunnel is encountered. The vein southwest of the
dyke was searched L • in all directions by running short workings,
but without success. No work was done northeast of the cross-
cut, although the upper tunnel and shaft proved that the best
values in No. 3 vein are at that level, over 200 feet northeast of
the lamprophyre dyke. What is probably the lower extension
of No. 1 vein is opened up in a 210-foot drift (110 feet northwest
and 100 feet southeast from the crosscut) about 1,100 feet in from
the portal of the tunnel. At this level the vein has little quartz
and is a shear zone pinching at the northwest end to a gouge
seam. At the southeast end of the drift two well-defined
slip planes resembling a hanging-wall and a foot-wall dip at
angles of 70 degrees to the west.

Good Hope.

Location and Development. The Good Hope claim is north
or the Foghorn property and is at an elevation of about 6,200 feet
above sea-level. The claim was located September 5, 1896,
by J. G. Dewar, O. J. Hadley, J. H. Galbraith, and J. A. Dewar,
and is crown-granted. Development consists of 97 feet of cross-
cutting, 207 feet of drifting, nearly 100 feet of sinking, and
several open-cuts. The property has been idle for at least
fifteen years.

Geology. Two parallel veins were noted on the Good Hope
property one about 160 feet higher in elevation than the other.
The country rock is Nelson oranite. The highest and main vein
is opened up by means of two open-cuts 100 feet apart, a cross-
cut tunnel, drift, and winze. The vein on the surface strikes
north 21 degrees east (magnetic) and dips to the northwest at an
angle of 48 degrees. The crosscut tunnel is about 40 feet lower
in elevation than the open-cuts and at 97 feet encounters the
vein. At this point a winze is sunk on the vein for nearly 100
feet. The vein at this level strikes north 22 degrees east (mag-
netic) and dips at 50 degrees to the northwest. The vein is
drifted on for 207 feet, a sharp bend occurring about halfway
down. Southwestward the dip of the vein decreases from 50
degrees to 45 degrees. The quartz vein is much broken in the
face of the drift and there is much gouge material. At the fiend
in the vein there is a prominent gouge of white kaolin. There
is evidence of much movement along the vein which is a water
course in places. The hanging-wall is well defined and is slightly
undulating. The granite contains orthoclase and microcline
showing incipient kaolinizationand has considerable secondary
quartz. Near the portal of the tunnel the granite is foliated and
includes drawn out fragments or schlieren of a fine-grained horn-
blende granite characterictic of some granitic borders.

The lower quartz vein is exposed in an open-cut about
halfway between the main vein and the Good Hope cabin. It
strikes north 16 degrees east (magnetic) and dips to the north-
west at an angle of 46 degrees. A short distance below the cabin
a roof pendant of the Summit Series schist outcrops as a series of
cliffs.

Roanoke.

Location and Development. The Roanoke claim is situated
in the bottom of Wild Horse valley about one mile above its
junction with that of the North Fork. Wild Horse creek flows
diagonally through the middle of the claim. It was located
August 3, 1896, by R. R. Burruss, was crown -gran ted, but later
forfeited to the crown, November 6, 1905.

Geology. The Roanoke is on the southwesterly extension of
the same mineralized belt as the Sterling and Blackcock pro-
perties which adjoin it on the northeast. The tunnel is on the
south side of the creek close to the water's edge and is caved in.
Vein rock on the dump contains pyrite and a little galena. The
country rock is the Pend-d'Oreille schist (banded quartzite)
occurring as a roof pendant about 300 feet wide in the Nelson
granite batholith and striking north 7 to 12 degrees east (mag-
netic) and lying vertical. The mineralization at this locality
appears to follow the southeastern border of the roof pendant.
The schist on the north side of the creek is injected by much
granitic material, large orthoclase phenocrysts forming prominent
"augen structures" (Plate VI B). The strike of the schist at
this locality is north 15 degrees east (magnetic) with a reverse
dip of 75 degrees to the southeast. Most of the claim is covered
by a heavy overburden of alluvium so that prospecting is rendered
difficult. Ground sluicing might be worked to advantage in
certain sections.

Sterling.

Location and Development. The Sterling property is situated
between the Roanoke and the Blackcock claims, the Wilcox
wagon road passing through the southeastern corner of the
claim. The workings are at an elevation of approximately
3,220 feet above sea-level. The claim was located July 9, 1896,
by Wm. Caldwell and is crown-granted. The property has been
worked at intervals up to 1912. In the autumn of 1908 the
Sterling group was bondc d to Philip White, of Vancouver, who
let a contract for 100 feet of tunnelling and erected cabins.
During 1912 it was reported that the tunnel had encountered
about 4 feet of good grade ore of free milling character. The
development consists of about 450 feet of tunnelling and several
open-cuts and pits.

Geology. The Sterling vein belongs to the same class as the
Blackcock and Roanoke veins, striking and dipping with the
schist formation. The values are in the sulphides, pyrites, zinc
blende, and galena in a gangue of quartz and a little calcite
(dog-tooth spar). The country rock is Pend-d'Oreille contorted

schist occurring as a roof pendant downhangin^ into the Nelson
granite bathoiith. The mineralization is toward the southeastern
border of the roof pendant. Both schist and granite are intruded
by a parallel set of vertical lamprophyre (chiefly minette) dykes
striking north 77 degrees west (magnetic). The schist is injected
by much granitic material and quartz stringers.

The main workings follow and are on both sides of a steep
ravine which cuts diagonally across both roof pendant and vein,
the latter being exposed by several open-cuts. The main tunnel
crosscuts the schist for 51 feet, then follows a very strong gouge
zone striking north 10 to IS degrees east with dip varying from
60 degrees eastward to vertical, or steeply to the west. This
fracture zone is drifted on for about 250 feet and from the drift
two crosscuts run, one 12 feet and the other 42 feet, into the
hanging-wall (northeast side) and one 15-foot crosscut into the
foot-wall. The latter discloses an altered, kaolinized dyke in
the face striking with the schists and having a little quartz and
graphitic schist next to it. The tunnel leaves the gouge zone
farther along, crossing through the foot-wall and granite to inter-
sect the same altered kaolinized dyke. The working follows this
vertical dyke for 30 feet, then a 12-foot crosscut to the southeast,
or hanging-wall side, taps the same gouge zone first drifted on.
Here the gouge is 3 feet wide and made up of soft graphitic,
decomposed schist containing pyrites, calcite, and clay. Stria-
tionson slickensided surfaces plunge gently to the southwest
indicating a strong horizontal component in the faulting. String-
gers of quartz are present in the foot-wall country, some of which
are o^ ■' '•'' 'sh variety and mineralized.

lit tunnel on the east side of the ravine is 35 feet
long .J s oxidized vein material for a width of 5 feet.

Wilcox.

Location. The Wilcox mine is situated on the northwest
side of Wild Horse valley about 2 miles above the mouth of the
North Fork, and at an elevation of approximately 4,300 feet
above sea-level. The mill is 800 feet lower in elevation than the
mine and about 7 miles east of the town of Ymir. The property

comprises five mineral claims, a millsite, and a timber tract, cover-
ing in all an area of 187-5 acres. The Warwick, Bywater,
Willcoclc, and Fourth-of-July claims are crown-granted, whereas
the J.C.E. Fraction and the Wilcox millsitc are held by location
(Figure 6). The property is owned by the Ymir-Wilcox
Development Company.

Transportation. A wagon road extends f.-om the Wilcox
mill to the town of Ymir, on the Nelson and Fort Sheppard
railway (Great Northern Railway system). Nelson is 23 miles
north by rail from Ymir and Spokane, Washington, is 172 miles
south. The wagon road, with the exception of two steep hills,
has a gentle gradient from Ymir to the mill. It is in good repair
save for a mile and a half stretch of "corduroy" near Ymir
which was put in prior to the big forest fire of 1902 and i^ now
much in need of repair.

Topography. The topography in the vicinity of the mine is
rugged and youthful, the mine itself being situated high up in the
steep-walled glaciated valley * Wild Korse creek and below the
more subdued topography of the upland. Wild Horse creek
has its source in a low pass which forms the divide between the
Salmon River drainage and that of Midge creek and Kootenay
lake. The valley sides display much evidence, with thei.
truncated spurs, hanging tributary valleys, and striae, of intense
mountain glaciation.

Water Supply, Timber, and Climate. The mine is plenti-
fully supplied with water for ordinary purposes all the year
round from Rapid, Avalanche, and Wild Horse creeks, although
for power purposes the supply diminishes considerably for six
months in the winter. Wood for fuel and mine timbers is found
in abundance within easy hauling distance.

The winters, which have a duration of about four months,
are not excessively cold. The snov 'all is heavy, necessitating
the construction of snow shxls over the mine buildings of the
upper workings to protect them from snowslides.

History. The Willcock, Fourth-of-July, and Bywater claims
were located in July and August 1896 by Phil. White and S.
Bywater. They commenced operations on the western portion
of the Fourth-of-July vein and located shoot No. 2 from which

1 '
i i

I'M

iiiil

yiill

c>ee4pea/'t]

Oto/tgital Sut^ OrSSr

ng.6. Stermogrwm oT Wlhsm Minm and »djoin,ng /
mations of main vmins and claim boundmnra

-issr

Hf/o^ning properties ahowii^
boundmnrm Contour intmrvml

they mined the richest lenses and paystreaks. The ore was
"rawhided" down the steep valley side and shipped to the
Northport smelter. Despite poor and expensive transportation
facilities, the profits of this company, which was known as the
Broken Hill Mining and Development Company with a capitaliz-
ation of $1,000,000, were high at that time. In 1897 ten men
were employed at the mine. In 1898-99 a four-stamp, amal-
gamation mill was installed which saved less than 70 per cent of
the ore values. No method was used of saving the concentrates
nor of impounding the tailings. In 1901, the average smelter
tests gave values of $53 per ton. During 1902, the company
erected a Joshua Hendry mill with a capacity of 20 tons per day
and connected the mill with the mine by means of a tramway
2,200 feet in length. The mill was started on an experimental
run December 15, and for 40 days the feed averaged 18 tons
per day and returned 58 per ton. A 20- ton shipment of high
grade ore was made in February of the same year from the
Fourth-of-July vein and gave smelter returns of $70 per ton.
The mine at that time employed fifteen men. In 1903, the first
run of the company's stamp mill on a commercial scale was made.
The mill commenced operations on May 1 and for the six months
following made a very successful run, the total values from the
mill and from shipments of crude ore being $22,000. For the
entire year the output of the mine was 2,200 tons milled and
100 tons of high grade ore which was shipped to the smelter in
the crude state. The work accomplished during the year
consisted of 300 feet of drifting and stoping on the first and second
levels of the Fourth-of-July vein, and 200 feet of development
tunnel. The tunnel on the Wilcox vein was in 400 feet in 1903
and it was estimated that a 200-foot crosscut would tap the
Fburth-of-July vein at a depth of 400 feet below the present
workings.

In November 1903 the control of the Broken Hill Company
passed into the hantl- of American capitalists and the operations
for the next few years were not profitable. Most of the work
was done on the "Little Willcock vein" parallel to the Fourth-of-
July vein and was not very successful. A tramway was built
from the mill to No. 1 workings, the ore from which was treated

profitably. The ore was nearly all stoped out to the surface by
the overhead system, then underhand stoping was commenced;
but the high cost of hand work, hoisting by windlass, and the
handling of water prevented any profit being made even though
the average value of the ore across the stoping width was over
$18 per ton.

The property went into liquidation and Stephen Bywater,
one of the largest individual stockholders, was appointed
liquidator. Late in the year Mr. Bywater resumed work at the
property and from the mine earnings paid oflF 50 per cent of the
preferred claims. Immediately following this, attention was
directed to the eastern portion of the Fourth-of-July vein where
a limited amount of ore was mined at a profit. The underhand
stope Wcis further extended at a loss.

In September 1904 the stamp mill was started up again and
by the end of the year crushed about 800 tons of ore, while 22
tons of concentrates were shipped to Trail. From that date on,
until 1911, the property was worked intermittently. In 1911,
Mason and Odell took over the property and Arthur Lakes, jun.,
was sent in to do further development work with a view to deter-
mining the probable extent and value of the mineral deposits and
to improve mining facilities. The stamp mill was run only to
clear away the accumulation of ore mined in development
and it was the intention of the owners to continue development
at the mine until the ore reserves would be sufficient to keep
the mill in continuous operation for an indefinite period.

The mine closed down in August 1914 shortly after the
outbreak of the war, although development work is still being
carried on by a small staff of men.

Production. The following table of net production of the
Wilcox mine has been kindly furnished by Arthur Lakes, jun.
He states that the figures are derived for the period prior to
June 21, 1905; fromthe records of taxation of mineral production
under the assessment act; and that the production from June
21, 1905, to September 1, 1911, is from the sworn statements by
A. H. Tuttle of net production made for taxation under the
Mineral act. The amounts are given in dollars and cents and no

separation made between gold and silver returns. Some of the
earlier records were not available and are not estimated herein :

Produced prior to the mill installation $10,000 00

Bullion from mill up to Oct. 1, 1910 53,861 !60

Concentrates from mill to 1910 .S0o!93

Produced by S. Bywater (estimated) 13,00000

Bullion from mill, Oct. 1910 to Sept. 1911 7,450 02

Concentrates from mill, Oct. 1910, to Sept. 1911 1,513.89

Total production to Sept. 1, 1911 (8,450 tons) $86,326.44

This is divided as follows:

No. 1 shoot.

No. 3 tunnel and stopes $10,000 00

No. 2 shoot.

No. 1 tunnel and stopes 67,362.53

No. 2 tunnel and stopes 8,963!91

$86,326.44

Mine Development. The steep valley side on which the
Wilcox mine is located affords ideal conditions for opening the
veins to considerable depths by means of tunnels. There is a
total of 5,852 feet of development work on the property, of which
4,958 feet is tunnel. Of this amount 1,953 feet is drift on the ore
in the vein; 1,225 feet is crosscut and drift of value in the explora-
tion and exploitation of the ore deposits; and 1,780 feet was
drift and crosscut of practically no value either in exploration or
in proving the ore deposit. There is a total of 894 feet of shaft
and upraise; of this, 744 feet has been excavated in the Fourth-of-
July vein which has been opened up to a maximum depth of
462 feet, and the remaining 150 feet is in the Little Wilcox
vein.

Geological Structure. The main country rock of the Wilcox
veins is a greenish grey, fine to coarse-grained granitic rock
belonging to the Nelson granite batholith. The granite varies
in texture and composition from place to place. The porphyritic
granite of the Foghorn mine with its dominant north and south
joint planes outcrops to the east of the property and strikes
north and south in a manner similar to the long downhanging
inclusions or roof pendants of Pend-d 'Oreille and Summit
Series schists. The different varieties of granite, gneiss, and

schist, as well as the long roof pendants of older altered sed.-
mentaries all occur as northeasterly and southwesterly trending
zones varying in width from several feet to several hundred feet.
The roof pendant material lies in most cases nearly vertical.
The Wilcox appears to be near the centre of the intrusive mass,
the schists west of the Wilcox having a tendency to dip west-
ward with the Pend-d'Oreille schists, whereas those east of the
Wilcox tend to dip eastward with the Summit Series rocks. The
intrusive and intruded rocks are traversed by several lamp-
rophyre and aplitic dykes, chiefly the former, which belong to the
minette class in which biotite and orthoclase are the dominant
minerals. The largest dyke encountered is a lamprophyre
(Figure 6) 40 feet wide which strikes north 30 to 40 degrees east
and dips about 80 to 86 degrees cast; as far as known it forms the
western limit of the ore in No. 1 shoot.

\ fault occurs along the lamprophyre dyke which has thrust
the ground west of the dyke over 30 feet southward with respect
to that east of the dyke. The Fourth-of-July vein with its
average strike of south 80 degrees west and dip to the north of
65 degrees, is also offset along a narrow roof pendant of mica
schist about halfway between the lamprophyre dyke and the
shaft Another shifting of the vein to the extent, in this case,
of about 10 feet, occurs along a mica schist band near the portal

of No. 3 tunnel.

The broad roof pendant shown on the map was found to
terminate the vein abruptly in the faces of Nos. 1 and 2 tunnels
The ore abuts against the altered sedimentary schist of the root
pendant where it is disseminated to form T-shaped and L-shaped
shoots. This roof pendant has not been cut through in any ot
the workings nor has the ground west of it been prospected
In No. 2 tunnel the perdant has been crosscut to a distance ot
more than 100 feet.

There are three main veins on the property, all ot the
fissure type with mineralized walls, viz., the Fourth-of-July,
Wllcock, and Little WiUcock. They are warped fissures which
vary a great deal in strike and dip from place to place^ ihe
Fourth-of-July vein has an average strike of south 80 degrees
west and dips to the north at an angle of 65 degrees, ihe

Willcock vein, which outcrops about 30 feet to the north of the
Fourth-of-July vein, has an average strike of south 80 degrees
west and dips to the north at an angle of 70 degrees. It has a
width of about IJ feet. The vein fissure cuts diagonally across
the planes of foliation in the gneissic granite.

The ore occurs in the form of tabular bodies or shoots
lying within the vein and with their greatest diameters pitching
steeply to the east. Commonly the shoots are lenticular in
shape, over 6 feet in width at the swell but pinching elsewhere
to a few inches. The shoots vary in stope length from 20 to
SO feet and in pitch length from 30 to 70 feet. They terminate
in some places against dykes and roof pendants. Bands or pay
streaks of high grade ore occur most commonly along the hanging-
wall but are also found in places along the foot-wall or in sircaks
within the shoot itself. From No. 1 tunnel level downward the
best values tend to foUov. the foot-wall, whereas above that level
the ore on the hanging-wall yields the highest values.

The gangue of the ore is principally silicified country rock
and quartz. The ore varies in appearance and composition in
different parts of the mine, and a representative body of it would
consist of the altered country rock with reticulating veins,
irregular masses or disseminations of iron pyrite, galena, iron
oxide, quartz, and occasionally zinc blende; the sulphides form
10 to 20 per cent of the mass »,» igure 7). The ore from No. 1
shoot carries less sulphides and quartz and on that account has
a greater tendency to slime in milling. The ore from No. 2
shoot has a greater proportion of silica and also of sulphides.
A gouge of decomposed feldspar in many places accompanies
the ore. The ore is very deceptive in appearance and constant
assaying is necessary to separate ore from waste.

The values occur principally in gold of which 70 per cent is
in the free state. Silver occurs in minor quantity, even the
galena giving small returns. The iron pyrites is auriferous and
the presence of galena here as elsewhere throughout Ymir
district, is invariably a sign of good gold values. Zinc blende is of
rare occurrence but where found is generally accompanied by
goud gold values. Free gold is frequently found in the ore,
particularly where the gangue consists of much shattered and

alue
liars.

Irt

tfi

»o

<»5

tri

•*

«I4

«N

l«

>•§

«s

«N

i«

«-l

^.•

•s

m°

«N

•t

■a .

•*

r«

«s

■*

r«

•o

«^

«s

•SS

O
"5

mple \V
mber. in

trt

r«

t»)

J?i

4* 1

■^

n,»

"3 «

«H

1«

1-4

1-1

f-4

*-<

•o

r«i

r>)

r»

tri

•^«

ifH

«H

p«

-H

«s

(/;

idth Ck)ld
ches. oz.

■«f

«*4

r*>

•*

■*

^.S

e s

tri

r«

■>*•

•*

•H

•♦

r»

O "

•4

«*

>»

Gouge and carbonatM.
Quartz and lead.

General sample 1047 to 1059
•'Pay streak."

in
m

o
o

«>.

•J-
<s

»
■o

*?
6

<-<

»-<

f»5

1
•♦

00
00

o
•*

3
6

1-4

friable blue quartz; it h also found where iron oxide is as-
sociated with honeycombed quartz. The vein displays con-
siderable oxidation in a zone 145 feet below No. 2 tunnel level;
elsewhere the sulphides dominate over the oxides even at the
surface.

Geology of Mine Workings. There are three main tunnels
and several open-cuts on the Fourth-of-July vein, the work hav-
ing proved the continuity and position of the vein. No. 1 tunnel
is a crosscut, for the first 40 feet penetrating mica schist and
granite, then the tunnel swings and follows the vein for a distance
of 415 feet. The ore-shoot at this locality has been sloped for
200 feet horizontally and for 95 feet upward to the surface. On
this tunnel level the boundary of the ore-shoot is delimited by a
kersantite lamprophyre dyke. The best values, however, were
found at the west end of the shoot away from the lamprophyre.
The ore from this stope is said to have averaged S16 per ton,
whereas the ore at the east end of the stope next the lamprophyre
ran from $8 to $10 per ton.

To the cast of the above main stope are several smaller
stopes. Shaft No. 1 was sunk near the west end of an under-
hand stope 47 feet deep by 225 feet long, which lies immediately
contiguous to No. 1 tunnel and below the main stope.

The face of No. 1 tunnel is in the roof pendant of altered
sedimentary rocks which dip to the southeast at an angle of 82
degrees. The working follows the eastern border of the pendant
for 35 feet.

No. 2 tunnel follows a tortuous course for 471 feet through
barren ground cutting several lamprophyre dykes (kersantites
and vogesites) the dykes dipping to the southeast at angles
varying from 75 to 80 degrees. The downward extension of No.
2 ore-shoot, in which there is a stope 100 feet long by 20 feet high,
contains a streak of ore varying from 6 inches to 35 inches in
w.dth. Beyond the ore-shoot the vein was drifted on for more
than 300 feet until the roof pendant was reached when, the ore
was found to terminate against the schist formation in a T-
shaped mass. At this point the ore was raised upon and some
high grade ore taken out along the exact contact. The driving

of the tunnel wa« cntinued 100 feet farther into the «chist but
„ot far enouKh t„ penetrate the granite beyond^

Shift No 2 (12 by 6 eet extends fiom No. 2 tunnci itve
down 219 k. t o No. 3 tunnel lev.l. A1k>vc No. 2 tunnel and
ovlrth shaft, upraise No. 1 extend* for 120 feet to make con-
nexLnwith the l>ottom of the underhand .tope from N"- >
™ At . distance of 59 fc*t up No. 1 upra.se. a dnft was
,nn S6 f westward on the Kourth-of-July vc.n. thence 64

;:::; i;;v;::ra,o^ a ..and. v^n ^^^i^z'^l

fair ore. In No. 2 shaft at a depth of 145 feet below i.< ■
tunn" level, a sub-level, known as No. 141. was dr.ven. he
«ub-levd f..li..ws the vein for 60 feet to the west and 46 feet to

''' Z\ tunnel is an adit driven on the vein for about .175
feet A t.U commences alx^.t 50 feet in frmn t';e portal and
extends al^ut 100 feet connecting up with the No. 3 | 50 sh«
X:. The tunnel tl^ ;nUs thrcn.h l.r^ -.U. f. ^6 f.t

r^n::=f:^^'--'?^f-- SeveraHamprophyre
dvkr."nd mica schist bands were crosscut by the tunnel. The
S rll^f pendant intersected on the other levels '.as -t ye l^^^^^
reached on No. 3 tunnel level. East of ^o. 2 "haft there are
Treelort crosscuts driven to intersect the ve.n to the north,
the farthest Ix-ing 130 feet east of the shaft.

X„s 4 a- 5 tunnels were driven on a fault Us^urcjnn
considerable gouge known as the Little WiUcock ve.n^ A the
Tr 1 of N^ 4 tunnel a pocket of ore was encountered, wh.ch.

and „v Zd .y,.oms rf ..opin,, but no. .ha. ,he workmg, an

it but

I level
L'l and
e con-
No. 1
ft was
ice 64
<ets of
No. 2
. rhe
feet to

lut 375
till and
iihoot
546 fcL-t
follows
rophyrc
1. The
^et licen
tiere are
E north,

urc with
At the

I, which,
tunnel is
itry rock
t farther
3 a depth

nderhand
kings are
) use the
e method
; dropped
thence by

-i
i

tramway to the mill. Heretofore, most of the ore was mined by
hand, but now all the workings are piped for air supplied by a
compressor installed at the mill.

Milling. A two-bucket aerial tramway (back balance)
about 2,350 feet long, extends from the portal of No. 3 tunnel,
which is the main working of the mine, to the mill. The dirter-
cnce in elevation between the mine and mill is alxiut 800 feet.
Another two-bucket aerial tramway at preseni t in use,
connects No. 1 working with the mill. The tram buckets have
a capacity of * .000 pounds each and run on a li-inch standinK
rope, with a |-inch haulage rope. The ore is dumped fnim the
tram buckets into a bin of 30 tons capacity, from which it is ferl
to an 8 by 14-inch rock crusher. The crushed ore is then fed,
by means of two automatic Cliallenge feeders, to the battery of
10 stamps, amalgamating plates and four Frue vanners. Two
flumes, totalling about 2,600 feet in length, convey the water
from Avalanche and Rapid creeks to a 4-foot I'elton water
wheel by way of a .«nstock and pipe-line l,40v. feet long, t le
latter grading from 14 to 8 inches in diamete'. In this manner a
head of 600 feet is obtainetl, v hich is sufficifnt to drive the ptjwer
plant. The power plant consists of a 480-volt generator (50
kilowatt, alternating current, 1,200 revolutions per minute, 30
phase, 60 cycle) belted to the water wheel in the mill. This
supplies power to a 25-horsepower motor dri\en compressor (size
10 by 10, 134 cubij feet capacity per minute at 150 revolutions
per minute) which is sufficient for the two 2J Ingersoll-Rand
piston drills or one 2| drill at the mine. The mill extracts
about 80 per cent of the values, but this could be increased
by cyanidization.

Origin. The ore from the Wilcox mine, like that of most
Ymir properties, is believed to have been derived from the same
parent source as the Nelson granodiorite which in this case
encloses the ore. The fissure veins containing the ore travei.e
the upper portions of the granodiorite mass lying between the
long down hanging rock ribs or roof pendants of Palaeozoic schist
formations. The deep seated, mineralized, fracture planes
represent the old channels through which the ascending alkaline
solutions containing the metals circulated. The fracturing and

rcadju.tment of cru.tal .trme. probably took place .hortly after
he ntru.ion and conK.Udation of the granodiorite ma... The
lolu ion. were thu. permitted to a«:end from de^per^ated.
mtE hearth, through .uch fracture, in the already cun-ohd-
Tted upper portion of the granodiorite ma.. (batj«'' »'> «"f,J^!
reSh ariea.t to the downhanging portion of the Imthohth.c
S The ore. were depo.ited at certain localitie. m the chan-
nel, where phy.ico-chemical condition, were favourable. A
Se Tater in the geological history of the region, the vem. we«
crby Pe- -"^tent lamprophyre dyke., the fcm.c differentiate
from the original parent, magma rc«;rvoir.

The ore zone «) far developed, appear, to be confined to
the vicinity of the roof pendant, and to the intervenmg grano-
TriTe area.: a. yet the dimension, of the ore zone are undefined.
FuZTwork. The granodiorite territory in the vncmuy
of the broader roof pendant, .hould be carefully Pr-PectedJ-
vein .ystem. cutting transver«ly to the structure. The ground
wit of the roof pendant which wa. found to termmate he
W^cox ore to the west de«.rve. further prospectmg for the
^Tble presence of parallel fissure veins .imilar to those already
developed east of the pendant.

ThTfuture productivity of the property rests more upon the
svstematic opening up of several different vems m a sys em
and t^e SnSng ore-shoots than upon the extensive develop-
men of"ny particular vein. The strength and persistence of
Tny one vein fissure is not sufficiently pronounced nor are the
ore-sh^tlregular and numerous enough to justify extensive
development work on one vein alone. Ore-shoots should be
tught for in less developed, parallel veins in the same or other
fissure systems on the property.

With the data at hand concerning the direction and nature
of the vein system and roof pendants so far developed in the
mine and with the opportunity of using compressed air. now
That a ^mpressor has been installed on the property. d«mond
drfl ing wS be the cheapest and best way to prove or disprove
the pJeTnce o. parallel veins in the hanging and foot-wall
^^ioT No. 2 tunnel might then be -te"f to c "tjje
roof pendant so that the granodiorite west of the altered sedi

mentaiin could be explored in a manner timilar to that on their
eait iidc.

Lateral development of t>- ore zone, as outlined alxive,
rvould be more likely to yield satinfactory results in this ca-se than
deep development. In the iicarch for ore-Hhpotit in the vein*
attention tthould be given tf> the position of the roof pendantu
rather than to that of the lamprophyre dyke»i. The wi'stern
end of the Little Willcock vein approaching the m lin roof pendant
deterves further testing for the powible presence of on(> or more
ore-s hoots.

Ymir Belle.

Location and Development. The Ymir Belle group of four
claims, held by location, is situated between the Foghorn and
Wilcox mines at an elevation of about 4,500 feet above sea-
level. Development consists of about 145 feet of sinking on the
vein, besides small open-cuts and pits. The owners are H. L.
Jackson, A. McDougall, M. Tait, and J. G. Dewar.

Geology. The workings have disclosed portions of three
veins, two of which have the same east and west (magnetic)
Bii.ice with northerly dips of from 60 to 70 degrees. The two east-
west veins are in alignment and may be portions of the same
vein; but the third vein, nearer the wagon road, strikes almost
at right angles to the others and dips to the east. The east and
west trending vein has an average width of 2 to 3 feet with a
maximum of 5 feet. It is composed of oxidized vein rock with
disseminated iron pyrite, galena, and zinc blende in small
amounts in a gangue of decomposed granite and iron-stained
quartz. An average sample across the vein at the west end,
near a shaft full of water, is reported to run $9 per ton in gold;
an 18-inch pay-streak farther east m a 4S-foot shaft on what may
be the extension of the same vein, is said to have assayed $41
per ton in gold. The northerly trending vein farther south
is reported to run $30 per ton across a width of 18 .iiches. The
country rock is Nelson granite, porphyritic granite with roof
pendant of mica schist, and quartzite, all cut, in turn, by lampro-
phyre dykes.

90
Aptx and Adjoining Claims.
The Aoex and Silver Reef claims are situated to the north

^eT"he lowest saddle on the divide at an elevafon of about
''T^J:^ well as a parallel vein 90 feet sou^h
.est^i%routcro. P^^^^^^^^^^

latter an -^'^'rl^'Z^rth^^ The main vein is opened up
r'mrns " t9?-f^ ad^^^^^^^^^^^^ driven from the Clearwater
aeek sSe The working discloses a curved «--« vem con-
«„reeK siuc. •■ ron tains a U-mch width ot

„»W.rd at .he portal ot the tunnel. Jl^f ^J^';'^ '°, ,h,
TJ-^TZX the-r ;lt rSelson ^alte »U,

-Tatr-rririrratoT:- ra. he .he B an. .
and Lon»ley claims the granite b«,.mes gne,«c and pas„

:?de is reported as occurring on the Wild Horse slope on t

Longsley claim. It is said to have a general east and west strike
with a dip of 70 degrees to the north and to be traceable for 1 ,000
feet.

Black Diamond.

Near a creek crossing about halfway between the Sterling
cabin on the Wilcox wagon road and the bridge over the North
F"ork, an adit tunnel known as the Black Diamond tunnel has
been driven at an elevation of about 3,175 feet above sea-level.
It has a bearing of north 5 degrees west (magnetic) and is
174 feet long.

The tunnel is driven on two closely spaced fractures or
joint planes in the Nelson granite. The fractures appear as
strong walls dipping from 50 to 55 degrees to the west enclosing
hanging-wall and foot-wall quartz veins and a few feet of inter-
vening, altered granite containing much secondary quartz and
kaolin. The hanging-wall, pyritic quartz vein averages 2 inches
in width, but is intersected about halfway in the tunnel by a
3-inch foot-wall vein, the two uniting for a short distance to form
a whole "back" of massive, white quartz with disseminated
sulphides. The foot-w^all fracture tends to dip at a lower angle
than the hanging-wall fracture. The granite is quite dark in
colour and in places porphyritic. It contains drawn out inclus-
ions of a fine-grained, femic variety resembling a lamprophyre.

Ceorgina.

The Georgina claim is located on the south side of Wild
Horse creek directly south of the Roanoke from which claim the
trail commences. The claim has been staked several times,
in 1909 as the Hardy Boy by J. R. Brcmner and in 1913 as the
Augusta by Geo. Walker. The present owners arc Thos.
Wilkinson and Jos. Kileel. The workings are at an elevation
of approximately 4,200 feet above the sea and consist of two
short tunnels and four open-cuts.

The country rock is granite which is very siliceous close to
the vein. The main tunnel is a crosscut bearing south 23° 30'
east for 50 feet, all in granite; then the vein is drifted on for 20

feet to the east. The west drift is filled with muck. The
vein in the east drift contains in places, heavy sulphides in
quartzose gangue, strikes north 66 degrees east, and is vertical.
The face is siliceous granite with quartz stringers, and near a
shallow winze the vein rock is pyritized for one foot from the
north wall. Directly above the crosscut tunnel and about 25
feet higher in elevation, is a 17-foot adit tunnel driven on oxidized
vein material 3§ feet wide. The vein strikes east and west and
has vertical walls of granite. The south side of the vein is much
oxidized and honeycombed and contains some bluish quartz.
At the second open-cut on the trail, west and below the main
tunnel, a quartz vein is exposed having as hanging-wall a mica
lamprophyre dyke 2 feet wide, striking north 67 degrees east
and dipping 75 degrees in a southerly direction. The upper
side of the dyke is a water course Two other open-cuts have
been made farther down the trail, the first one in a creek bottom
about 150 feet distant. A short distance down the trail towards
the Roanoke property, a prominent enstatite peridotite dyke 4
feet in width forms a bold outcrop. The dyke displays massive,
columnar jointing; it has a pitted, weathered surface greenish
grey to pink in colour and studded with olive-green, orthorhombic
pyroxenes. The dyke strikes north 65 degrees west (magnetic)
and dips northeasterly from 55 to 60 degrees. The dyke contains
angular inclusions of a siliceous granite.

Rosalia.

The Rosalia and C" atennial claims are situated on the east
side of Wild Horse creek opposite the Foghorn property and at an
elevation of about 4,500 feet above sea-level. There are two
short tunnels on the Rosalia claim, one about 50 feet higher than
the other. The upper tunnel follows for 20 feet a one-foot
quartz vein striking north 5 degrees east (magnetic) with vertical
dip. The lower crosscut tunnel is 80 feet long and cuts through
a band of quartz-mica schist and quartzite (Summit Series
roof pendant) which trends north and south and lies vertical or
dips steeply to the east. The bearing of the tunnel is north 82
degrees east and the traversed schist contains much pyrite in
the form of cubes.

NORTH FORK, WILD HORSE CREEK BELT.

Alexandre and Dumas.

Location and Development. The Alexandre and Dumas
claims are situated at an elevation of about 5,750 feet above sea-
level on the mountainous slope east of the pass between the head-
waters of the North Fork of Wild Horse creek and the South
Fork of Clearwater creek. They are both crown-granted
claims; the Dumas was located July 20, 1897, and the Ale.xandre
March 18, 1898, by E. Croteau and G. Pellent. In 1898 Croteau
and Pellent drove an adit tunnel 150 feet in length on a quartz
vein reported to be 3 to 4 feet wide and to contain zinc blende,
galena, and pyrite. Four average assays are said to have given
20-5 ounces in silver, 21 per cent lead, and $40 in pold.

Geology The tunnel is about 250 feet above the main
trail. It has a bearing of south 27 degrees east (magnetic) and
was inaccessible in 1914. The country rock is Pend-d'Orcille
schist chiefly argillaceous, with andalusite schist about l.i^OO
feet west of the western border of the Nelson granite batholith,
although injection tongues from the batholith penetrate the rocks
in the vicinity of the property.

Carthage.

Location and Development. The Carthage claim lies between
the Canadian Pacific group and the Ymir Mine group and is
situated on the steep eastern slope of the North Fork of Wild
Horse valley. The claim was located August 25, 1897, by H.
Kearns, and was forfeited to the crown November 6, 1905.
In 1902 the Chicago National Development Company bonded
the claim; it was supposed to have the continuation of the
Ymir vein. Two tunnels were run 250 and 150 feet in length;
the former was reported to have disclosed 2 feet of good ore
very similar to that of the Ymir mine.

Geology. The country rock is Pend-d'Oreille schist, much
of it andalusite schist due to the contact metamorphism caused
by the nearby Nelson batholith. Spotted porphyry dykes are
also found intrusive into the schists. The veins, many of which

are parallel and strike with the schists, contain slightly mineral-
ized blue quartz. They penetrate the crumpled schist and end
in sharp tongue-like terminations. A milky-white variety of
quartz with Alms of kaolin also forms bold outcrops.

Elise.

The Elise crown-granted claim is situated on the pass between
Clearwater creek and the North Fork of Wild Horse creek and
adjoins to the south the Summit group, the wagon road to the
latter property passing through the middle of the claim. The
claim was located June 30, 1896, by Oliver Blair. A crosscut
tunnel was commenced in 1898 to intersect the vein. Since then
practically no work has been done on the property. The chief
country rock is Pend-d'Oreille schist.

Gold Cup.

Location and Development. The Gold Cup claim is situated
about 4 miles north of the town of "^^mir on the w- rn slope
of Elise mountain. The workings are at an elev .i of approxi-
mately 5,200 feet above sea-level and are accessible by means
of a switchback trail from Porto Rico siding. The property
was under development during 1903 by Mr. Conrad Wolfe
and Dawault Brothers, who took a lease on the Gold Cup and
erected an experimental mill of two stamps. At that time the
vein was opened up to a depth of 100 feet and was reported to
have an average width of 4^ feet and to assay SI 5 in gold with
small values in copper and silver. A shaft extends down 85
feet on a vein which widened in that distance irom 4 feet to 5
feet. A tunnel which was run to get below this shaft encountered,
it was reported, 5 feet of ore containing rich bunches assaying
as high as S220 per ton. The property is at present owned by
Ryan and A. Burgess of Ymir.

Geology. The underground workings were inaccessible in
1914. Ore from the lowest dump sacked and ready for shipment
contained chalcopyrite, tetrahedrite, and malachite in a quartz
gangue stained with iron oxide. An assay of a sample weighing
1 pound 2 ounces made by the Mines Branch gave 0-60 ounce

to the ton in gold and 4-24 ounces in silver. The quartz vein
outcrops farther up the trail near the shaft and strikes north
72 degrees east (magnetic) and dips 68 degrees to the south.
The vein consists of IJ feet of rusty quartz with parallel veins
all cutting the schists almoi.t at right angles. The foot-wall of
the vein contains a zone of much oxidized schist and some Hmonite
and is bounded by a narrow quartz stringer. The lower workings
are in granite porphyry schist and the upper in augiteporphyrite
schist; the contact between the two formations passes close to
the prospect shaft. The schist trends north 18 degrees west
(magnetic) and is vertical. The belt underlain by granite
porphyry forms a relatively broad undulating bench on the
mountain slope. Above the workings the greenstone schist
passes into massive augite porphyri ■ which stands out in bold
relief as a series of rocky bluffs.

Goodenough and Surprise.

Location and Development. The Goodenough crown-granted
claim adjoins the Ymir group to the southwest and is at an
elevation of approximately 4,200 feet above sea-level. It is
connected by a wagon road with the main road at the Ymir
mine. The claim was located June 16, 1898, by Alex.
Gayette. A shipment of 20 tons of ore is said to have
assayed S22 per ton. In 1897 the Ymir Gold Mining
Company took an option on the property and sank a shaft
60 to 70 feet deep. The Goodenough and Surprise claims are
owned by O. A. Lovell and O. Poulin.

Geology. The country rock is Pend-d'Oreille schist and at
least two veins have been opened up by means of open-cuts and
pits. One vein, as exposed in three cuts, strikes north 15 to 26
degrees east and dips to the northwest at an angle of 85 degrees;
the other vein exposed by two trenches and a pit, strikes north
28 degrees east and dips 64 degrees to the northwest. The ore
consists of pyrite, zinc blende, and galena in a quartz gangue
and a sample weighing i\ ounces was found un assay by the
Mines Branch to contain a trace of gold, and silver at the rate of
17-64 ounces to the ton of 2,000 pounds.

Jennie Bell and Ymir Mint.

Location and Development The Jennie Bell and Ymir Mint
claims are situated in a glacial basin on the east side of Elise
mountain at the source of the North Fork of Wild Horse creek.
The group includes five or six claims held by location. The
upper workings are at an elevation of about 5,800 feet above
sea-level. A rawhide trail connects the property with the
North Fork wagon road. The Jennie Bell claim was located
July 17, 1911, by Joseph Kileel and J. R. Bremner. They ran
a short tunnel and prospect winze on the Jennie Bell vein in
1911 and developed some ore, carrying, it is said, SlOO to the
ton in gold, silver, and lead. In 1912 a tunnel was commenced
to tap the vein at a point 50 feet lower in elevation than the
upper working. J. J. Hennessey, ^presenting Martin Woldson
of Spokane, Washington, took a bond on the property and had
three men working in 1913. Work in the lower tunnel was
commenced May 20, 1914, and by August 20 had proceeded 80
feet. There were 80 sacks of ore ready for shipment, said to aver-
age $50 per ton. The gold values are higher than those of
silver and lead.

Geology. The vein in the upper tunnel strikes north 25
degrees west (magnetic) and dips to the southwest at an angle
of 65 degrees. The adit tunnel on this vein is 25 feet long and
has a prospect winze at the face (full of water in 1914). The
vein varies from 1 foot to 2 feet in width and on the foot-wall
side, near the portal of the tunnel, the quartz vein appears to
cut the schist whereas elsewhere it follows the planes of schist-
osity. In the face of the tunnel two veins of quartz are present
with an intervening schist band. The ore shoot is reported to
have a pitch of 30 degrees northwestward or into the hill. The
dip of the vein at the face is 40 degrees to the southwest whereas
the schist dips at an angle of 65 degrees in the same direction.
The foot-wall of the vein is a dark, greyish green schist, fine
grained and pyritic; the hanging-wall is a more massive pyritic
greenstone sch'st. Quartz ore with a very little pyrite (weighing
3J ounces from a sack of ore) was assayed by the Mines Branch
and found to contain 0-28 ounce m gold and 142-8 ounces in
silver per ton.

I
i

The lower tunnel commences as a crosscut in a greenstone
schist and continues as such for 146 feet. The bearing of the
crosscut is south 73 degrees west (magnetic) for 66 feet, then
south 78 degrees west for 55 feet, and north 50 degrees west
for the remaining 25 feet. The Jennie Bell vein was encountered
about 86 feet in from the portal and drifted on to the northwest
for only a few feet. At 146 feet from the portal a water course
and schist ore zone were encountered and drifted on for 45 feet.
The strike of this shear zone, thought to be the northern extension
of the Ymir Mint vein which is exposed on the opposite side of the
Jennie Bell basin, is north 8 degrees west (magnetic) and the
dip vertical. The working then swings to a bearing of north
50 degrees east, crosscuts more massive greenstone for 36 feet,
meets the Jennie Bell vein and follows the latter for 108 feet.
The vein, where first encountered, is 6 inches in width and lies
between schist walls. The strike of the vein on this level cor-
responds with that of the schist viz., from north 30 degrees west
to north 20 degrees west; the dip varies from 40 to 55 degrees
southwesterly. A quartz vein 2 inches wide is exposed in the
face between walls of fine-grained, greenstone schist belonging
to the Rossland Volcanic group.

Old Timer.

Location and Development. The Old Timer claim is situated
north of and adjoining the Alexandre and Dumas claims on the
mountain east of the pass between the North Fork of Wild
Horse and Clearwater creeks. The elevation of the workings
is roughly 6,000 feet above sea-level and the property is accessible
by means of both the Dumas trail and a new and more direct
trail cut during the summer of 1914. The claim was located
July 26, 1909, by R. R. Shrum, E. M. Peters, and Chas. Desro-
siers, who do annual assessment work on the claim.

Geology. The 01! '^imer vein is 4§ feet wide, 75 feet in
from the portal of the tunnel. It varies in strike from north 13
degrees east to north 44 degrees east (magnetic) and dips steeply
to the northwest. The ore is galena, blende, and pyrite in a
quartz gangue, and is reported to run from $11 up to $114 per

ton. There is considerable oxidization near the surface ; ■ i ^he
yellow chloro-phosphate of lead, pyromorphite (Pb CI) Pb«
(PO«)a, was found in this zone of oxidation. The occurrence
of pyromorphite in Canada is rare, the only other known occur-
rence being at the Society Girl mine in East Kootenay, B.C.'

The country rock is very much altered Pend-d'Oreille
schist (andalusitc schist in part); it trends in a general north and
south direction and is injected by granitic dykes from the adjoin-
ing Nelson batholith. The contact between the batholith and
the schist cuts througl' the Old Timer claim near the prospect
shaft and dips steeply to the west.

Summit.

Location and Development. The Summit claim lies in the
pass between Clearwater and North F"ork of Wild Horse creeks
at an elevation of about 5,000 feet above sea-level. It is con-
nected by wagon road (at present in need of repair) with the
main road to Ymir. The claim was located July 8, 1896, by
Chas. W. .-Anderson, John Lindblad, and John Bergman who did
some development work on it. It was forfeited to the crown,
November 5, 1907.

Geology. The country rock of the Summit vein is Pend-
d'Oreille argillite; it strikes north 30 degrees west (magnetic)
and dips steeply to the southwest. A crosscut tunnel bearing
south 65 degrees east (magnetic) is 162 feet long and intersects
a quartz vein about 2 feet in width and having a prominent
hanging-wall. The vein which has been drifted on for 162 feet
strikes north 44 degrees east (magnetic) and dips steeply to the
northwest.

Tamarac.

Location and Development. The Tamarac property is situ-
ated at the southwestern end of Elise mountain at an elevation
of approximately 4,600 feet above sea-level. It is connected by
aerial tramway with the Nelson and Fort Sheppard railway at a

•Schofield, S. J., "Geology of Cranbrook map-sum", Gcol. Surv., Can.. Mem. 76, 1915,
p. no.

point halfway between Porto Rico siding and the townof Ymir. The
Tamarac crown-granted claim was located September 12, 1896,
by J. W. Handen. The property was first developed by the
Kenneth Mining Company who employed ten men in 1897. The
company installed a steam hoist in 1898 and shipped seven tons of
ore durii.g 1899. In 1901 a Riblet aerial tramway was built at a
reported cost of $17,000 to connect the mine with the railway,
a distance of 3,000 feet.

During 1902, the company went into liquidation and a
company called the Tamarac Mines, Limited, was formed; the
bonds were issued to the Kenneth shareholders with a liability
of ten cents, of which four cents were called up. The new
company shipped aliout 150 tons of ore to the reduction w -ks
at Silica, chiefly for experimental purposes. The ore was reported
to average Sll per ton and to be susceptible to profitable treat-
ment by the cyanide process. The proi)erty was itilc for some
years until 1905 when Ies.sors rawhided a few ttms out to the
Ymir road and shipped to a Boundary smelter. The character
of the ore shipped did not conform to the samples submitted to
the smelter and altered rates for treatment rendered it unprofit-
able to continue operations. Since 1905 the property has been
idle.

Geology. The Tamarac vein as developed by an incline
shaft, prospect pits, and crosscut tunnel occupies a curving
fissure with general east and west trend and dipping to the north
at an angle varying from 30 to 50 degrees. The quartz vein
varies in width from one to several feet. The geological relations
of the vein and ore-shoot are best shown in the accoinpanying
block diagram (Figure 3)* from which it may be seen that the ore-
shoots are confined to the bends in the vein. The ore consists
of heavy sulphides, chiefly pyrite, in a white massive quartz
gangue. The country rock is the spotted granite porphyry
(Jurassic) and the ore zone is confined to the schistose portion
of it. Where the porphyry becomes more massive the vein is
dragged out in the direction of shear and terminates.

•PascSO.

100

Ymir.

Location. The Ymir mine i» Rituated on the North Fork of
Wild Horse creek, 5 miles from the town of Ymir and at an
elevation of approximately 4,500 feet above sca-levcl. A wagon
road connects the mine and mill with the town of Ymir.

Topography. As illustrated in the accompanying block
diagram the Ymir mine lies on a steep mountain slofn; con-
veniently situated, however, with respect to the mill and cyanide
plant which arc in the valley bottom (Plate XI). The proi)crty
is near the junction of North Fork valley with that of the main
Wild Horse creek. This portion of the valley is characterized
by many prominent alluvial benches or terrace-steps and cuspate
forms. Such forms have resulted from the slow excavation by
the creeks of the fluvioglacial valley-fill material since the
retreat of the valley ice.

History and Development. The Ymir group of claims
includes the following crown-granted claims in order of location:
Rockland by Jerome Pitre July 9, 1895; Ymir by Joseph Pitre
July 17, 1895; Mugwump by Oliver Blair, August 5, 1895;
Golden Horn by Jerome Pitre July 7, 1896; Robertson Fraction
by R. B. Wood, Decemlier 8, 1896; Nora Fraction by B. A.
Robertson, December 16, 1896; Lawrence Fraction by London
and British Columbia Gold Fields, Limited, October 30, 1897;
and Pountney by S. S. Fowler, October 30, 1897.

In November 1896 the London and British Columbia Gold
Fields Company Limited, under the direction of S. S. Fowler,
M.E., took over the Ymir and adjoining claims and put in a wagon
road to connect the mine with the railway at Ymir. The Ymir
Gold Mines Limited was incorporated in August 1898 with a
capital of £200,000. The head office of the company was in
London and the provincial head office in Nelson. The Ymir
property was transferred to this subsidiary company although
it remained under the management of the parent company until
January 1, 1903, when Mr. R. M. Atwater took over the separate
r.ianagement of the Ymir Gold Mines Limited.

A compressor plant was installed in 1898 and the building of
an 80-stamp mill commenced. During the year ending September

101

1899, 7,400 tons of rich carbonate and galena ore were crushed
and 46 tons shipped. In 1900 the 80 stamp mill was completed
and the output for that year amoMttd^fr 42,660 tons of ore,
giving a yield per ton of $7.20 in gol^ and 1 06 ounn-s in silver.
By 1901 the Company was producing gold bricks valued at $40,-
000 per month. The cyanide plant was installed and was expected
to effect a saving of about $1 per ton. Active development was in
progress, including the driving of a tunnel to tap the vein at a
depth of l.oOO feet. The recoveries in bullion and concentrate
at that time represented a value of aliout $9 a ton, while the
cost, including actual mine development but exclusive of expemii-
ture on account of the long tunnel operations, was from $3.50
to $4 a ton.

Ymir Gold Mines Limited underwent reconstruction
November 21, 1902; pound shares in !!ie new company were
issued with 17 shillings credited to them for surrenderctl shares
in the old company, the arrangement being equivalent to an
assessment of 3 shillings per share on the stock. The provincial
office was removed from Nelson to Ymir. In 1902 the output
was about 50,000 tons of ore, yielding, per ton, $6.69 in gold and
SI. 27 in silver and lead. The total net profit during 1902 was
reported to have been about $75,000 only, as against four times
that amount in 1901. Between June 30, 1903, and December 31,
1903, the Ymir shipped only 219 tons of ore. The ore milled
during the year amounted to 54,850 tons, a slight increase over
that treated during the year 1902; but the values were smaller than
those of the previous years. According to the Provincial Bureau of
Mines report the values resulting from the milling and cyaniding
were 11,160 ounces of gold. 50,060 ounces of silver, and 515 tons
of lead, which, with the concentrates, brought the total product
up to something over $300,00O-a falling off of $45,000 from the
previous year's record. Excess of water in the lower workings,
a diminution in the grade of the ore, together with the general
decrease in the price of silver and lead, all materially affected th.
net profit of the mine.

On January 1, 1904. R. M. Atwater, manager, was
succeeded by G. H. Barnhardt. who had formerly b>«n super-
intendent of the property under the London and British Gold

102

Fields Company. Mr. Barnhardt rcfligned in the autumn of 190-
•nd wa« succeeded in turn by S. J. Speak and later by E. M
Hand, The output in 1904 was not so great as that of 1903
being between 30.000 and 35,000 tons. Extensive pr<)«pectin|
on the hill above the outcropping of the Ymir vein was doni
during the summer of 1904 in search of a parallel vein which wa
supposed to have been the source of some rich gold-quart
"float" found on the property.

The output of the Ymir mine for the year 1905 was cor
ndcrably less than for 1904; the earnings amountetl to $.«.87
over and aliove the cost of tramming, milling, freight, ani
treatment of the concentrates. The company's mill was ii
operation off and on during the latter half of the year 1906. bu
the mill feed was of low grade. In the early part of 1907 Ymi
Gold Mines Limited was rcconstructetl and the sum of $200.00
provided for additional development of the mine. Alxiu
forty men were employed during nine months of the year an
prospecting for the vein, which is indicated by rich float a
exi.sting above the old Ymir vein, was continued as well a
additional development in the deep levels of the mine. Sma
bodies of ore were found and about 1,000 tons, averaging S
per ton, was put through the mill. Since 1908, when 39 tor
were shipped to the smelter, the mine has been idle and as
result the workings are in bad condition, many of them inaccci
sible. A few years ago the mine buildings were destroyed b

fire.

The extent of mine development including sinking, crosi
cutting, and drifting may be noted on the accompanying plan ar
longitudinal projection of the workings (Figure 8).

Geology. The Ymir ore deposits occur as lenticular-shape
shoots in a quartz-filled fissure vein striking south 65 degrei
west (magnetic) and dipping from 60 to 70 degrees to the nortl
west. The vein cuts diagonally across the strike of the enclosir
Pend-d'Oreille schist and argillite which trend north 35 degre
east (magnetic) and dip from 70 degrees northwest to verticr
Lamprophyre dykes with branches occur throughout the wor
ings. On No. 2 tunnel level, Mr. S. S. Fowler reports an inte
esting occurrence of a 4-foot lamprophyre dyke which he four

tOf

IQB.

i£; &"«««<

Figure 8. Plan and longitudinal section of Ymir

104

cutting sq lai.y up to e foot-wall "where it turns a right angle
to the lefi a! '..- t!i', .all, and so continues, gradually curving
to the right to. >, .eet where it crossed the drift squarely. Going
through the dyke we found slate, and, cross-cutting on the outer
side of the dyke, we found it suddenly turning again and butting
against a fault fissure, nearly filled with 2 feet of calcite. Just
how or where the dyke proceeds into the hanging-wall we do
not yet know, nor is it specially important."'

The width of the vein varies from a few feet to 40 feet and
as a rule the walls are free, well defined, and marked by gouge.
Replacement of the wall rock by silica, particularly the hanging-
wall, has taken place in many instances and both walls contain
angulars of white quartz generally barren of values. Although
the vein below the No. 7 level is strong and in many places 5 feet
wide, the ore is pockety and low grade. Inclusions or horses of
Pend-d'Oreille argillite occur in the vein in many places, generally
as sharply angular fragments.

Faulting in the plane of the vein has taken place on more
than one occasion as evidenced by various pronounced fracture
and gouge zones, offsetting of dykes, slickensides, and the
lenticular shape of ore-shoots. Drag structures were noted in the
surface workings, indicating that at least the last movements
resulted in the heaving of the hanging-wall (north wall) eastward
with respect to the foot-wall. This corresponds to the direction
of faulting along the principal vein fissures of the neighbouring
Sheep Creek gold district, as well as to the regional faulting
in the quartzites of the Summit series at the International
Boundary. The geological relations of the Ymir vein fissure to
the Rossland Volcanic group and Nelson batholith are indicated
in Plate XII.

The ore consists of galena, iron pyrite, and zinc blende, and
contains gold, silver, and lead values; the gangue is quartz and
altered wall rock. The quartz is in many places of a dark
smoky blue colour and, where present, is associated with high
gold values. No copper mineral was ever found in the ore.
Where the ore-body is fractured and oxidation has taken place,

> Jour. Can. Min. Intt., 1900, p. 8.

105

carbonate ores occur containing cerussite and an enrichment of
free gold values.

The main ore-shoot in the mine, known as the "Bonanza
shoot," has a horizontal or stope length of 480 feet and a depth of
500 feet. The stope in the shoot ■<: : ..usH^d by approximately
parallel boundaries and varies ir v.'dlh iroi,i Id i - 40 feet (Plate
XIII). In plan, it presents a ;nti( ular -h.xpc -.id appears to
pitch steeply to the east in th'. di-ection oi tl e creek bottom
(Figure 8).

Mining. The mine has been developed and worked by
three adit tunnels, No. 3 tunnel cutting the ore-shoot at a depth
of about 400 feet. Most of the ore was taken out of this adit and
conveyed by a Hallidie tramway, 2,400 feet long with a 650-foot
drop, to the mill ore bins. The buckets were filled by an auto-
matic loader. The plant had a capacity of 250 tons in 10 hours.
From No. 3 level a winze connects No. 4 and No. 5 levels. At a
vertical depth of 1,000 feet No. 10 crosscut level intersects the
vein which on this level is extensively drifted on; connexion is
made with the upper workings by a raise to the winze from No.
3 level. The portal of this crosscut tunnel is in line with the
upper receiving bins at the mill and some of the ore was trammed
directly from this level to the bins. The stopes were filled by
material blasted from an open-cut on the surface and sent down
by chutes to where required.

The compressed air for the drills was supplied by an Inger-
sol-Sargeant duplex lO-drill compressor situated at the mill.
There was also a 5-drill Rand compressor at the mine.

Milling. The manner in which the Ymir ore is treated in
the 80-stamp mill and cyanide plant is indicated in Figure 9.
The mill was run by water-power aided by steam; the two
powers were connected to the same line shaft (Plate VIII).
Three 75-horsepower boilers and one of 60-horsepower were used
to supplement the water-power when required. The cyanide
plant is situated half a mile below the stamp mill, the difference
m altitude being 30 feet. About 70 per cent of the ore treated
m the mill found its way to the cyanide plant as vanner tailings.
The latter carried about 20 per cent of the gross values of the
ore, and of this there was an extraction of fully 80 per cent by

106

\Crudt Or*\

\Ymirlltr»\

mbulk

1 mitcn.BC-

\ mufiffj dfT\

Mr^ Trmm from NfS TuntmltmltW
s/^ eroagout tunmlenmilorK^H^

\Or0Bi'*9\

2incf>'gritt/y

(f-

«wk/«

80 • GrM¥i%y Sttjnp*

CI»anupmalar.*J

Comr*n*/id

\ I

I Ratort I

Pulp

' , ■ ~ ^

I yg-6 /bog ^rt>w KJWTT^

Av^rmga 20-6 % Pb. , /f7ot 4u Sfnf
ff6ot. Ag-partonAnd*fipran./2^9%

t»$ts. Af. 0083802 . /^l008oi.
ThrxHjg/t XXffrmah 9cr—n g*<g%

5/n«/IS#r

Stora^Sa/utJottflOort

/8k24 - -
f 8' deep

7'hng
S'oot/tt

Charging f&undAf
Au.OO&aioz. 4g.a6S?oz.
Thrtxjfih a COrrmsh sc reen SO%
I

60% of ¥tutmr and 20% of thn tMiHt^
aJImhich MOt/fd pABsa tOOfnt$f»
scr&tn is run ta MfASCs

C/Aft/de

tMmiJmts32'diAmmtsr,6'dmfi *r>d buiit ofatMi, Sumft*
^rm woca; tM distributors fi»vm 20-/'A '"ch arms

fias'dums

Zinc Prmcip'tatMn mS-'O
cortpmrtm^nt stsmi bot&a

4uO-06Sfox. 4g /878oz
Through fOOffmaft scitan389%

Pracpitatm dn»d, ffujfd »^ sfiUfted direct withc'te-thar^Mi
orroAstjngtrratment af>d ^itfKut rmfmifi^^nd prodtx^mbuihoni^
JlOtatMi firmfSS. TrmMlmmnt loss mmA/% pfOmiatdmndOSXoftMSi'wMr

6»o/ot-c^ Su'-r^y, Cm/tA^m.-

Figure 9. Flow sheet for Ymir Mine ore, Ymir mill and cyanide plant.

^Um^

107

cyaniding. During the latter part of 1902 the company's
statistics showed an agg! ' gate extraction oi 95 per cent of the gross
value of the ore. The mill has treated about 350,000 tons of
ore. About 20,000 tons of concentrate and nearly 600 tons of
crude ore have been shipped to smelting works. Ymir Gold
Mines Limited paid dividends to a total of £60,000.

X Ray.

The X Ray claim is situated on the eastern slope of the
North Fork valley, opposite the Ymir group of claims, and to the
south of the Carthage claim. With the exception of one short
tunnel the workings are all caved in. Considerable prospecting
was done on that side of the valley in search of the extension of
the Ymir vein.

The country rock belongs to the much silificied and sheared
members of the Pend-d'Oreille group and is cut by occasional
fine-grained, granitic dykes and quartz veins. One vein, as
exposed in a 93-foot crosscut tunnel bearing south 48 degrees
east, strikes north 7 degrees east (magnetic) and dips at an angle
of 63 degrees to the west, corresponding in these respects with
the formation. The hanging-wall is an impure quartzite and the
foot-wall a carbonaceous schist. The vein consists of fractured
quartzite traversed by reticulating quartz vcinlets and containing
slickensided fracture planes with graphite films. A little pyrite
and chalcopyrite are present. The vein was drifted on for about
54 feet.

BEAR

BELT.

>lant.

Atlin-Nome.

Location. The Atlin and Nome claims arc situated to the
northeast of the Dundee mine and highei up the hill. A
branch road connects the Atlin with the Dundee. The Atlin
claim was located on October 27, 1899, by J. W. Masterton.
Both the Atlin and Nome claims were held by location for some
time by P. Daly, A. Parr et al. TH- Atlin claim is now owned
by the Hobson Silver-Lead Comp. ..^, Limited, of Fort Worth,
Texas.

108

Development. Development consists of an incline shaft
sunk on the ore to a depth of about 60 feet and a crosscut 50
feet in length to the north. About 238 feet down the hillside
a crosscut tunnel was run which intersected the vein at 215 feet.
This was continued 100 feet farther but without encountering
any parallel vei.iS. The vein was drifted on to the south toward
the shaft and an incline raise to connect with the upper workings
was run for about 170 feet.

Geology. The vein is fairly regular and has a strike of
north 15 degrees east (magnetic) and dips to northwest at an
angle of 70 degrees. It cuts diagonally across a roof pendant
of Pend-d'Oreille schist 200 feet in width which is much altered,
decomposed, and injected by granitic material from the bordering
Nelson granite and gneiss which underlies and surrounds the
roof pendant. The ore is pyrite in a quartz gangue and in some
places there are pockets of solid sulpliide. The values in the
sorted ore as shipped in the early nineties are said to have run
from S20 to $25 per ton.

Canadian Girl.

Location. The Canadian Girl, crown-granted claim adjoins
to the north the Yankee Girl and was located the same day as
the latter, October 30, 1899. The locator was O. A. Lovell.
The claim is ow ^ by the Hobson Silver-Lead Company,
Limited, with heao office at Fort Worth, Texas.

Geology. The underground workings were not examined.
The surface geology is similar to that of the Yankee Girl and
Dundee mines which lie in the southern extension of the same
belt of formations. The country rock is Pend-d'Oreille schist
injected by a series of fine-grained, granitic dykes from the
Nelson batholith to the east. The vein belongs either to the
general north and south class striking with the formations or to
the east and vest class (parallel to the Yankee Girl and Dundee
veins) diagonally cutting the formations. The latter class of
veins are by far the most promising and should be prospected
at their acute angled intersections with the granitic tongues
(Figure 2).

109

Dundee.

Location. The Dundee mine is situated on the north slope
of Bear Creek valley adjoining to the southwest the Yankee
Girl mine. It is connected by a good wagon road with the
Nelson and Fort Sheppard railway at Ymir about 2 miles distant
The group consists of five crown-granted mineral claims as
follows: Old Bill, Parker, Lightheart, White Pine, and Annie
Fraction. The first three were located in 1896 by Hugh Mor-
rison and Tom Flynn, the remainder at a later date. The name
of the group was taken from the original owner Mr. Dundee and
the mountain on which the claims are located is also known as
Dundee mountain.

Development and Production. The Dundee mine is one of
the oldest properties in the district and was operated from 1897
to 1904 and at intervals since then. In 1897 several carloads
of ore were shipped from the Dundee mine. During December
1898 the company shipped two carload lots to the Hall Smelter
at Nelson; the first carload ran 18-4 ounces in silver, 2-858
ounces in gold, and 19-9 per cent lead, or a total of $77.15 per
ton; the second carload ran 7-65 ounces in silver, 1-095 ounces
in gold, and 4-3 per cent lead or a total of S28.40. In 1898 a
concentrator was installed. Assays from concentrates e e
reported to have run as follows: from coarse jig $24.90 and S30 10-
from No. 2 screen $50.30 and $50.82; from concentrates oflf the
Wimey tables $34.20 and S36.9S; the average values were S40.
The ore from which the concentrates were obtained averaged
$7.27 per ton. From 185-6 tons of milling ore, running 0.36
ounce in gold, 0-4 ounce in silver, or of a gross value of S7.50
per ton, 50-6 tons of concentrates were obtained running 0-96
ounce in gold and 4-9 ounces in silver. The extraction of
values was 77.6 per cent. During 1899, 700 tons of ore were
crushed. The total amount of ore shipped from the mine is
reported to be about 300 tons averaging from $15 to $20 per ton.
The shaft house and concentrator were destroyed by fire
April 13, 1899, and the mine closed down for a few years. The
workings were pumped out in 1903 and work was carried on under
the superintendence of A. H. Gracey on \ 3half of coast interests

110

The property was acquired in 1910 by a syndicate in New
Westminster and they formed a company, of which E. B. Morgan
is presiv ent while the directors are John Henry of Vancouver,
G. E. Corbould, C. E. Major, and A. E. Rand of New West-
minster. This company drove a crosscut tunnel at a level of
904 feet below the collar of the shaft, or 644 feet below the lowest
point to which the property had been developed from the shaft.
This tunnel was run a distance of 2,954 feet, crosscutting the
vein at a distance of about 1,850 feet; thence it was continued on
the vein as a drift for about 1,000 feet, of which the last 100 feet
is in an ore-shoot. During the summer of 1914, Mr. B. H.
Washburn took a lease on the property and was about to make a
small shipment. The extent of development is shown in Figure

10.

Geology. The Dundee vein is a strong fault fissure with well-
defined walls traceable for several thousand feet. A gouge, a
few inches to over one foot thick, marks the hanging-wall. The
fissure, which is filled by quartz and altered, mineralized, wall
rock, strikes northeast and southwest with a northwestward dip
of 60 to 70 degrees. It is parallel to the Yankee Girl vein. The
vein varies from 5 to 20 feet in width and cuts diagonally across
the trend of the Pend-d'Oreille schists. Toward the northeast,
where the ore-shoot occurs, the vein encounters a fine-grained
granitic tongue injected from the main mass of Nelson graniie
and gneiss to the east. The ore-shoot occurs in the granite
at its acute-angled intersection with the fault fissure (Figure 2).
The ore is galena, iron pvrite, and some zinc blende, carrying
gold and silver values; the gangue is quartz. Some of the ore
first opened up ran as high as $100 per ton. As a general
average, however, the ore would run about $25 per ton in gold
and silver. Much pyritic milling ore is present, averaging $t
or $7 per ton. Both foot and hanging-walls carry pay-streakf
aggregating 30 inches in width with disseminated ore between
The ore-shoot in part represents granite replaced by silica con
taining sulphides. Galena, as is so characteristic of Ymir ores
is accompanied by good gold values and in places good silver
values; zinc blende is accompanied by both gold and silvei
values, esf)ecially when associated with galena.

Ill

112

Yankee Girl.

Location. The Yankee Girl mine is situated about 2 miles
from Ymir on the north slope of Bear Creek valley above and
adjoining the Dundee mine to the northeast. The group includes
the following claims: Yankee Girl located October 30, 1899, by
J. H. Graham, D. E. Grobe and D. McLeod; Yukon Fraction
located October 1, 1901, by A. C. O'Neill; Atlin located
October 27, 1899, by J. W. Masterton; Canadian Girl located
October 30, 1899, by O. A. Lovell; Lakeview, Evening Star,
and Morning Star — the last two located prior to 1897 by T. Flynn.

Da'clopment. The original owners of the Yankee Girl mine
drove a tunnel about 200 feet long and did considerable open-
cutting. They disclosed a quartz vein 2 feet in width, following
one border of a tongue of fine-grained granite which at that
locality strikes north 40 degrees east (magnetic). Doyle brothers
then took a lease and bond on the property and shipped
about 250 tons of ore valued at $6,600. In February 1907 an
American syndicate operated the property for six months, and,
during that time, drove over 1,000 feet in development; they
also erected a 2-bucket aerial tramway from the mine to a
point on the Dundee wagon road about li miles from the
Great Northern Railway station at Ymir. In August this
company relinquished their bond. The owners, at a later date,
shipped a few carloads of ore running from $20 to $25 per
ton. Early in 1908 H. L. Rogers bonded both the Yankee
Girl and the Yukon, and did considerable development work
on both claims. In 1909, the Yankee Girl mine shipped
2,622 tons of ore to the Trail smelter, valued at $64,000.
The same year the group was transferred to the Yankee
Girl Gold Mines Limited of New York. Between January and
Nc 'ember 1910, 4,738 tons of gold ore were shipped to the
Trai! smelter. At the end of November the company was
reorganized, making available new capital. A 7-drill compressor
for supplying power underground was installed in December,
During 1911 the mine reduced shipments to the Trail smeltei
to 1,352 tons while the property was being transferred to the
Hobson Silver-Lead Company Limited. In the autumn ol
1912 the Yankee Girl mine, under new management, resumed

113

shipments, shipping to Trail smelter 610 tons of ore. carrying
about $15 in gold per ton. In 1912 No. 2 tunnel was continued
to encounter the main ore-shoot and small shipments were made.
In 1913 the mine shipped 3,034 tons to Trail smelter and aliout
85' tons to the smelteiy of the British Columbia Copjxr Com-
pany at Greenwood. B.C. The gross value of this amounted to
$92,215.14 making an average value per ton of S23.86 in gold,
silver, and lead. In 1914 the company shipped 226 tons and
commenced work on a new hydro-electric power plant and mill.
The grading was completed and water is to be brought down by
means of a 3 by 2.foot flume 6,i00 feet long from Wild Horse
creek to a penstock, thence by pipe-line 1.200 feet long to a water
wheel under a head of 240 feet. The total amount of ore
shipped from the mine is reported at about 8.500 tons, averag-
ing about $22 per ton. No ore was shipped in 1915 but the
adit tunnel commenced in 1914 was driven over 1,000 feet'. It
is the intention of the company to put in a new 6000-foot aeriai
tramway, from the mine to the ore bins (240 tons capacity) at
the railway, and thus do away with the slow and expensi\-e
wagon haulage.

Geology. The Yankee Girl vein resembles in many respects
the Dundee vein and is parallel to it. The locali/ation of the ore-
shoot is also at an acute-angled intersection of the fissure vein
with granitic tongues from the Nelson batholith (Figure 2).
The vein cuts diagonally across the trend of the Pend-d'Oreille
schist which in the upper workings is much altered and oxidized
and contains lenses of quartz. The vein has well-defined hang-
ing and foot-walls, as a rule from 4 to 6 feet apart. The granitic
tongue rock varies in character from a fine-grained, sheared
granite containing pyrite to a fresh i mular granite, as exposed
in a short crosscut in the hanging-wall at a point southwest of
the main ore-shoot on No. 1 tunnel level. A femic phase of the
granite is also present in places as in the foot-wall drift of the
same working. The values on this level are confined to the
fissure vein where it is traversing the fine-grained, pyritic granite
and the values run out where the fault fissure leaves the granite
tojollow along the contact (schist hanging-wall, and granitic

No.4*tUMd"TOSS™iiThL'M?rl'°,'''y^'°' " ?'■" «'"«>"'« in a raiM above

114

foot-wall). The strike of the west border of the main granite
tonifue, as exposed on the surface below the Overland tunnel,
is north 15 degrees west (magnetic). The granite contains large
rounded inclusions of a more femic phase. The Pcnd-d'Oreille
schists in this contact zone are much altered, foliated, and
contorted, and, on account of their iron content, are much
oxidized (I'late HI). The strike of the schist vanes considerably
as do also the shapes of the granitic injection tongues from the
batholith with their irregularly curving offshoots. At one
locality, where the schist is well exposed in contact with the
granite, it strikes north 53 degrees west (magnetic). The
fault stria; on the walls of the vein pitch at an angle of 65 degrees
to the west or in the direction of the slope of the hill. The ore
is galena, zinc blende, and pyrite, in a gangue of quartz and
altered wall rock; the highest values in gold are associated with
the steel galena. The dimensions and shape of the highest grade
ore-shoots, so far developed, are indicated in Figure 11. The
most easterly shoot, known as the Yankee Girl or Hobson shoot,
is by far the most important one. On account of the manner of
its localization at an acute-angled intersection of granite with
schist it resembles a "chimney" with its s'ope length of 35 feet
at the Overland tur.ri level widening to 200 feet at No. 2 tunnel
level. The widiii .' Me shoot vanes from 2 to 3 feet. There
is considerable low grade concentrating ore between the ore-
shoo t£<.

Yukon.

Location and Development. The Yukon fraction claim lies
above the Dundee and between it and the Atlin group already
described. It was located October 1, 1901, by A. C. O'Neill
and crown-granted in 1904. For some time it was held by a few
of the owners of the Atlin group and in 1907 was bonded along
with the Yankee Girl to an American syndicate who operated the
property for about six months. In 1908 H. L. Rogers secured
a bond on it and worked it in conjunction with the Yankee Girl
mine. Development consists of a 245-foot adit tunnel, the
first 150 feet being barren of values. Owing to the gentle slope
of the ground a depth of only 50 feet was attained on the vein.
The property is now owned by the Hobson Silver-Lead Company.

115

'§

."3

a
a

116

Geology. The workings h.ivc discluBCcl a fairly well-<if fined
vein striking in a northt-ast and southwest direction, dipping
dimost vertically, and cutting through a roof pendant of altt-red
schist (barren) and granite. The width of the vein is S to 6
feet, the shipping ore being in a streak 1 to 2| feet wide.
The ore is pyrite. line blende, and galena in a gangue of quartz
and altered country rock and carries gold and silver values.
The ore shipped is reported to have run from $10 to $20 a ton.

PORCt'PINK CREEK KELT.

Hunler V.

Location and Development. The Hunter V mine lies on the
divide between Porcupine and Hidden creeks at an elevation
of about 5,700 feet above sea-level. The property is accessible
by means of a switch-back trail from the Porcupine wagon road.
The Hunter V claim is crown-granted and was located May 21,
1900, by A. A. Vernon. The Double Standard claim and
five others are included in the group. Prior to 1903 the
property was owned and operated by William Davis. AlM)ut
that time it was acquired by Nelson interests known as the
British Columbia Standard Mining Company with capitalization
of $200,000. Mr. G. J. Camplx:ll of Nelson is manager. During
1903 development consisted of 120 feet of sinking and 100 feet
of open-cut work on che Hunter V claim and over 400 feet of
work on the Double Standard claim. A double rope aerial
tramway (Riblet) about 13,000 feet long, with tw subsidiary
tramways 1,800 and 500 feet in length, were buili o connect
the mine with a siding on the Nelson and Fort Sheppard railway
at the mouth of Porcupine creek. The production for the year
1903 was 400 tons. During a part of 1904 an average output
of 200 tons per day was sent to the smelters at Trail, Nelson,
Northport, and Granby. The shipments for 1904 were as
follows: February 541 tons; March 1,194 tons; April 1,573 tons;
May 1,964 tons; June 1,258 tons; July 1,447 tons; August 1,703
tons; September 1,537 tons; October 1,508 tons; November
2,295 ton"!, and December 2,146 tons— a total of 17,166 tons.
In 1905 owing to a decided depreciation in the value of the ore

117

.hipped and the limited capital of the mininR company the mine
v.ent into liquidation. The Hall Mining an.l Sm.i.inK t cm,..ny
worked the property for the l<ut six months of 1905 and treated
..»)out 6.600 tons of a little better grade ore. Since then the
property has been idle.

Geology and Mining. The Hunter V ore de,K..sit Uloncs to
a unique type for the Ymir district, namely replacem.n, ,.f
limestone in which the fine-grained sulphides, galena, zinc blen.Ie
and pyrite. carrying values in silver and a little go!.!, .nrur .lis-'
seminated in a tarlwnate gangue. Native silver is reported as
occurring on the Double Standard claim in small flakes and
tremolif occurs in places as a gangue of the sulphide ..re. The
replacement shoots are very irregular but have a tendenrv to
dip flatly into the hill and toward the granite. Near the centre
of the shfK,t the sulphides are abundant, but gradually fa.le awav
toward the borders and into pure limestone. The mimraliz-
ation appears to be independent of the adjacent granite and docs
not follow along the contacts. The Ixjundaries of the ore-shr..,s
are purely commercial, there being no structural hanRin^ ,.nd
foot-w^lls. The limestone, which is in large part co.irsely
crystalline, belongs to the Pend-d'Oreille group and has a general
north and south trend. It is limite<l on the ea.st and west by
belts of Nelson granite. The limestone is not pure an.l in the
vicinity of the ore carries from 10 to 25 per cent in silica The
ore shipped in December 1903 averaged as follows: 014 ounce
•n gold 8-6 ounces in silver. 21 per cent silica, and 30 jxr rent
lime. One lot that assayed 33 ounces in silver ran 67-4 m-r
cent s.hca and 18-5 per cent lime. An average sample of ,he
ore shipped in 1904 assayed 003 ounce in gold. 5-30 o.nues in
silver, 23 per cent silica, and 39 per cent lime. Silica was

Tk" n uf c''*' " ^ "f ^^ '^"'^ P^"- ""it «ver 10 per cent.
1 he Double Standard ore is more siliceous than that from the
Hunter V claim. The lime content in the ore rendered it valuable
to the smelters for fluxing purposes and thus it was possible to
obtain low smelting rates from certain smelters. Furthermore,
the cost of mming and mucking the ore from the Hunter V
klory hole and from the dumps, exclusive of general expenses,
only amounted to 90 cents per ton. while the cost of tramming

118

it to the railway varied from lOj to 30 cents per ton (Plate VII A).
The output of the property was practically limited by the
requirements of the smelters for flux such as it produced.

Mining was carried on by what is locally known as the
glory hole or milling system by which the ore was recovered at
the surface from the ore zones in large open pits or by dropping
the ore from the pits down through chutes into mine cars and
then tramming it from the level below to the aerial tramway.

lowna.
Location and Dnelopment. The lowna group of claims is
situated on the north side of the valkj of Porcupine creek at an
elevation of about 3,300 feet above sea-level and about 1| miles
from the railway. The lowna claim was located in 1898 by the
present owner, A. Burgess. Other crown-granted claims in
the group are the White Star located in 1897 and the Annie
located in 1896. Adjoining the lowna and White Star
and above the Annie is the Blue-eyed Nellie claim. In 1908
H. L. Rogers took a bond on the lowna group of claims but
very little work was done on the property. Two sacks of ore
were shipped which ran $9 per ton.

Geology. The country rock of the property is Pend-d'Oreilie
schist and Nelson fine-grained granite. The vein strikes north
and south and dips steeply to the west with the schist formation.
The vein fissure as exposed in the tunnel undulates and a quartz
vein \\ feet wide follows the hanging-wall. The schist is cherty
and pyritic in places containing small stringers of blue quartz.
The fault strise on the hanging-wall are vertical. A mica
lamprophyre dyke striking nearly north and south (magnetic)
and dipping to the east at an angle of 55 degrees is present ir
the hanging-wall country. The eastern border of the dyke is
marked by a slip plane slightly mineralized.

The ore is pyrite in quartz and altered wall rock gangui
and contains gold values. Pockets of ore occur at intersection;
of the main fissure vein with a 10-foot granitic dyke dippinj
eastward, and with an eastward dipping mineralized fissure
The best ore came from the prospect pit which is on the granit

119

VII A),
by the

as the
ercd at
ropping
ars and
vay.

laims is
?k at an
IJ miles
? by the
aims in
! Annie
te Star
In 1908
ims but
s of ore

d'Oreille
es north
rmation.
a quartz
is cherty
; quartz.
A mica
lagnetic)
resent in
; dyke is

k gangue
jrsections
» dipping
i fissure,
le granite

•'

■:^

Plan of loii¥na Tunnef

Scalm of feet

Figure 12. Plan and section of lowna

120

intersection and assayed from $7 and $8 to $25 per ton; the ore
from the tunnel level ran from |2 to $20 per ton.

The structual relations of the vein and pockets of ore are
indicated in Figure 12.

MuUigan and Gold Queen.

Location and Development. The Mulligan and Gold Queen
properties are situated near the valley bottom of Porcupine
creek, the wagon road passing close to the main workings. The
Mulligan claim was located September 3, 1896, by Geo. Eicher-
man and the Gold Queen August 30, 1896, by Swan Nelson;
both are crown-granted. The tunnel was inaccessible at the
time of visit and the properties have been idle for many years.

Geology. The ore is galena and pyrite in quartz gangue and
occurs in a general north and south trending vein in a roof
pendantof Pend-d'Oreille schist. The latter is injected by granitic
material and limited to the east and west by Nelson granite
which at this locality is foliated and mottled in appearance.
The strike and dip of the vein are with the schist formation.

Nevada.

Location and Development. The Nevada group of claims is
situated on the southern slope of Porcupine Creek valley at an
elevation of about 3,200 feet above sea-tevel and about 4 miles
southeast cf Ymir. The trail to the Hunter V mine passes by
the Nevada cabin and workings. The Nevada crown-granted
claim was located July 1898 by J. B. Stover. The property
is now owned by D. E. Grobe of Ymir who in recent years has
been doing annual development work.

Geology. Two short tunnels near the trail and open-cuts
higher up the hill have disclosed a couple of veins. The main
tunnel is about 125 feet long driven in on a vein which strikes
and dips with the enclosing Pend-d'Oretlle schist formation.
The westward dipping vein at the portal shows zinc blen'le at an
intersection with a IJ-foot mica dyke which dips at 50 degrees
to the east. The vein contains pyrite in a gangue of white
quartz. For the first 65 feet the vein strikes north 5 degrees

121

west (magnedc) with steep westerly dip; it then swings to a
stnke of north 25* degrees east for 30 feet, whereas for the last 30
fee .t stnfaes north (54 to 42 degrees east. The wJls are flf
jj^ll defined and about 2 feet apart. On the surface where thi
b«t ore was obtained the granite occurs on the h'nS w2l
The ore .s pynte. galena, and zinc blende in a quartz gangSe and
picked samples vnth galena assayed $36 per ton. The hllZ

""""T'^T^ "'^'' ^' '^' '°^"^y •" the roof pendant strikes'
north 64 degrees east (magnetic) and lies almost vertical The

TK '■"'^*'°"r^^^'"« -"d ore pockets are similar to tho2
on^he Nevada and other deposits belonging to this roof penda^

Jack and Empress.

.u I^l ^'"''" •'f "-^ ^""^ Empress properties are situated near
the headwaters of the South Fork of Porcupine creek on the
eastern slope of the valley. A well-graded w^gon Td now in
need of repair, connects the Union Jack power plant with the
railway at the mouth of Porcupine creek, a disLce Tf ab^St

i«07^!!^ i!,"'u" ^x? ^own-granted claim was located July 23
1897. by Michael Nealy. and the Empress September 25 1896
by F. Bntton. In 1901 the Union Jack and^Empress grofp!'
consisting of five claims, were acquired by the Active GoTd

$1 5"r0(S°""^^!.' ^li^' '^"'"'"'''^ "•*'' capitilization of
$1.50f..000. promoted by Cincinnati men. About 1.000 feet of

devek,pment was done on the property in 1902. The com^ny

vaT "^.rr ''"^ ""^ °f «^ t^-be^ '" the PorSSne
vaney and had mtended to erect a sawmill near the mouth of X

S'intXSor''^ ^^' unsatisfactoo^ and the company

th. T'-'"^ k"* rt.P«""'t °^ the examination of the workings on
the claims but ,t is reported that four distinct veins are prSnt
vaoang .„ width from 6 to 16 feet, containing gS.Tnc
blende, and pyrite in quartz gangue and assaying from k few

122

Big Four and Jubilee.

The Big Four group is situated on the divide south of the
Hunter V mine and near the headwaters of Hidden creek. In
1901, the British Lion Syndicate of Owen Sound, Ontario, who
were the owners, let a contract for a SO-foot shaft on the property.
The country rock is said to be limestone.

The Jubilee claim, owned by G. Keefe and E. Donahoe, is
situated on the northern spur which forms the junction between
the valleys of Porcupine creek and Salmon river. The claim
adjoins the lowna group to the west. The claim was worked
during 1897 and there is a shaft 100 feet deep on it. Rich ore
is said to have been found on the property. The claim is in a
contact zone between Pend-d'Oreille schist and Nelson granite.
Selenium has been reported as being present in a mineral found
on this property.

New York Central.

The New York Central group of claims, owned by E.
Peters of Nelson, lies farther up the same spur from the Jubilee
at ti: elevation of about 4,500 feet above w,a-level.

The ore occurrence is similar in many respects to that of
the lowna. Mulligan, and Nevada properties— the mineralization
following the strike of the Pend-d'Oreille schists. The schists
occur as a roof pendant in the Nelson batholith, are much
altered and contorted, and contain veins of mineralized quartz
frequently blue in colour. The schist, as exposed near the New
York Central cabin, strikes north 15 degrees east (magnetic)
and dips to the west at an angle of 50 degrees. The main
working on the property is a crosscut tunnel driven from the
Salmon River slope; it has a bearing of south 78 degrees east
(magnetic) and is 100 feet long. At 50 feet a slightly mineralized
contact between schist on the west and granite on the east side
was encountered and drifted on for 55 feet in a direction north
7 degrees east (magnetic). This pyritic, contact, shear zone
contains a vein of blue cherty quartz varying from li to several
feet in width. The altered fine-grained granite of the foot-wall
is considerably decomposed and oxidized near the surface.

123

Twenty feet from the face of the crosscut is a prominent .'.p
plane m the granite striking north 8 degrees west (magnetic)
and dipping to the west at an angle of 45 degrees. On this slip
surface are slickensides with vertical striations.

Porcupine.

The Porcupine claim, which is the oldest claim in the belt
and the one the creek is named after, was staked in 1895 by
Lloyd and Thompson. The claim is situated in the valley bottom
of Porcupme creek a couple of miles up from its junction with the
balmon river. The prospect tunnel run in 1897 is close to the
, wagon road The property has been idle since the early

Nevada" ^'°^ '' '''"'''"' *° ^^^^ °^ ^^^ ^""""^ ^"^

Cristabell.

th. ^^'I'rrl^To '°" °'^" *''" ^"^'^*^" 8^°"P o^ claims on
the South Fork of Porcupine creek and have a branch trail to
the wagon road. The property was not examined.

BOULDER CREEK BP"

Free Silver.

Location and Development. The Free Silver crown-granted

claim IS situated on the divide between Boulder and Quartz creeks

1 'm n?°" °^ "^°"* ^'"^ ^^^ ^'^-^ «^--'-veh It adjobs

I JY, , '°'" *° ^^^ ^*^* ^"'l *'^^ 'o<^ated June 22, 1896 by

In 1908 J. H. Schofield and Thos. Bennett secured an interest
in the property and did some development work. The property
was work«i for a short time in 1912. Since then very little work
has been done. Adjoining the Free Silver claim to the north is
the Fairview Fraction located August 14. 1914. by C. E. Bennett.
^ geology. A series of parallel fissure veins, from 2 to 8 feet in
width and carrying values chiefly in lead and silver, cuts through
a monzonite formation. The monzonite is in turn intruded by a
series of parallel dykes of a pinkish, fine-grained syenite porphyry

124

The main galena showing on the ridge is in a vein striking north
72 degrees west (magnetic) and dipping to the northeast at an
angle of 80 degrees. The vein at the northwestern end of the
trench is cut by one of the younger, pinkish, syenitic dykes which
have a general northwest and southeast trend and appear to be
vertical. The ore is reported to carry average values of 60 per
cent lead, 30 ounces in silver, and $2 or $3 in gold. One vein of
dry ore, it is said, ran 40 ounces in silver and 3J per cent copper,
and in another molybdenite was found. A 14J ounce sample
of the fine, crystalline galena in quartz gangue, from a trench
on the ridge, was assayed by the Mines Branch and found to
contain no gold, 35 ounces in silver, and 81 • 12 per cent lead.

I
fi

May Blossom.

Location. The May Blossom property lies on the Quartz
Creek side of the divide between Boulder and Quartz creeks and
about 675 feet lower in elevation than the adjoining Free Silver
property. 'Ihe claim was located May 1, 1897, by W. Birmmg-
ham and is held by location. The property is controlled by an
American company known as the May Blossom Mining and
Milling Company, who own the May Blossom group, indudmg
the May Blossom, May Day, May Flower, Big Diamond, and
Electric claims.

Geology. The extent of development and the geological
relations of fissure vein to country rock formations are indicated
in Figure 13. Some good grade ore was opened up at the surface
and also in a 40-foot prospect pit at the intersection of a fissure
vein with the southern border of a monzonite chonolith— the
hanging-wall being monzonite and the foot-wall an augite por-
phyrite member of the Rossland volcanic group. About 100
feet lower in elevation than the open-cuts on the vein a tunnel
was driven about 200 feet through altered sedimentary and
augite porphyrite members of the Rossland group. A streak,
4 inches wide, of quartz ore containing galena and pynte, is
exposed in the face of the working; it strikes north o8 degprees
west (magnetic) and dips northeasterly at 82 degrees. The
hanging-wall is augite porphyrite and the foot-wall a pyntic

125

■"^iJ!^^""

"•'-.'iV^"'-'.-'-i'
ffoamlmna Qfovp

} u nn»} i mvm/

lengitiM/ina/ P^v/eetion of Maj B/onom Property

ft.
Pfr>t.ic

'>'''■

v;-.\ 'V.'.v:--/,.

■ \ \ V • ■ ; ■% OiaiH>litl>~;.\

^'* CAonofft/i

/y*/» otMay ff/ossom ^vfi^rty

Sc0l9'ef ¥hmt

Figi»- ; 13. Plan and sections of May Blossom mine.

126

metamorphic rock. Striations on the slickensided walls pitch
at an angle of 15 degrees to the southeast in the plane of the
vein. The workings have not yet penetrated the ore-bearing
monzonite formation.

Bimetallic.

The Bimetallic claim lies in the valley bottom of Salmon
river near the mouth of a small creek (Gladstone creek) flowing
into the river about halfway between Boulder and Porcupine
creeks. In 1912 the property was purchased by a subsidiary
company of the Hobson Silver-Lead Company and about 300
feet of development was done that year. Since then little work
has been done on the claim.

The contact between the Rossland Volcanic and Pend-
d'OreJIle groups passes through the centre of the claim.

Bullion, Last Chance, and Ivanhoe.

The Bullion, Last Chance, and Ivanhoe claims lie in a low
pass or saddle between the Free Silver and Pulaskite hills. This
marked depression is probably a wind gap representing a former
course of the Salmon river that has since been uplifted high and
dry. The claims are underlaid by the femic volcanics of the
Rossland group.

QUARTZ CREEK BELT.

Golden Horn.

Location. The Golden Horn claim lies at the north end of
the town of Ymir just outside the town limits. The clairn is
held by location by B. Needham, Geo. Walker, G. Collins,
et al. In 1897 a prospect shaft about 45 feet deep was sunk on
the Ciolden Horn quartz vein and in recent years a crosscut
tunnel and drift, over 200 feet long, was driven to intersect the
vein in the shaft. This tunnel, however, gave no additional
depth on the vein.

Geology. The strike of the vein, as exposed in the incline
shaft, is north 15 degrees west and the dip is 52 degrees westerly.

127

The ihaft fol.' ws the foot-wall of the vein which is a brownish
schist with augite crystals (probably schistose augite porphyrite)
and contains quartz veinlets. The hanging-wall is a fine-
grained eruptive containing hornblende and feldspar crystals
(Summit Ridge volcanics') with some pyrite; in large part it is
altered and sheared to a greenstone schist traversed by quartz
stringers. Both fonnations belong to the Rossland volcanic group.
The ore consists of galena, pyrite, zinc blende, and limonite
in a gangue of quartz. It is found in streaks and nests at inter-
sections of subordinate slip planes and dykes with the main
vein fissure. One such streak occurs near the bottom of the
shaft under and at the intersection of a flat slip striking with the
vein but dipping at an angle of 17 degrees eastward and toward
it. This slip unites with the main hanging-wall slip and forms
an ore pocket below the intersection. A few feet below this
intersection a one-foot lamprophyre dyke is faulted by one of the
vein fissures for a distance of 2 feet vertically and an undeter-
mined distance horizontally. Heavy sulphide several inches
wide occupies that portion of the fault plane between the ofT-
setted ends of the dyke. The tunnel was driven 54 feet in a
direction north 31 degrees west (magnetic) and with the strike of
the formation; then 72 feet in a direction north 20 degrees west;
and finally 46 feet in a direction north 15 degrees west to a point
where the vein was encountered. Twenty feet back (south)
from this point a lamprophyre dyke cuts across the working
striking north 45 degrees west (magnetic) and dipping to the
northeast at an angle of 68 degrees. The vein was drifted on
for 40 feet; it strikes north 10 degrees west and dips west at an
angle of 48 degrees. The ore is 10 inches wide in places nnd made
up of heavy sulphides— pyrite, zinc blende, and galena— and
siderite in a siliceous gangue.

STEWART CREEK BELT.

Several claims, the Atlanta, Alabama, U.B., and Tennessee
are situated on the south side of Stewart Creek valley near its
junction with the Salmon River valley. No work, however,
hasten done in this belt since the eariy nineties and results

•See pace 31.

1?8

at that time were unsatisfactory. Molybdenite is reported as
occurring on a claim toward the headwaters of Stewart creek.
The Hall sedimentary series crosses the crf«k about halfway up
the valley; the main country rocks of the belt belong to the
Rossland Volcanic group intruded here and there by granitic
masses and younger Tertiary dykes.

BARRETT CREEK BELT.

Porto Rico.

Location. The Porto Rico mine is situated at the head-
waters of Barrett creek on the divide between the creek and the
East Fork of the North Fork of Salmon river, ''he property,
which includes five full mineral claims, falls within Nelson
mining division of West Kootenay district, B.C.

Transportation. A well graded wagon road, 7 miles long
and running down Barrett Creek valley, connects the mine and
mill with Porto Rico siding on the Nelson and Fort Sheppard
railway. This railway, which belongs to the Great Northern
system, follows the west bank of Salmon river as far south as
Salmo, B.C. The road from Porto Rico siding to the mine is at
present (1915) being put in repair by the provincial government.

Topography. The topography of the surrounding country
is rough and rugged and typical of the Selkirk Mountain system
to which it belongs. The mountain summits and valley slopes
bear evidence, in the presence of serrated ridges, cols, horns,
cirques, U-shaped valleys, truncated spurs, hanging valleys, and
terraces, of intense alpine and valley glaciation.

The Porto Rico mine and mill lie within the most south-
westeriy of the many rock-bound, glacial basins or cirques.
The cirques are the sources of glacially-smoothed valleys tri-
butary to Barrett Creek valley. The mine workings are
confined to the steep, northwestern-bounding wall of the cirque
and extend up its rocky face to the low divide or col (elevation
6,400 feet above sea-level) which separates Barrett creek from
North Fork of Salmon River drainage basins. The vein, which
trends in a general northeast by north direction, with low dip

129

to the west, outcrop, or "apexc" in the col itself. The mill is
situated several hundred feet farther down in the basin near the
lip of the cirque.

Timber. The upper stretches of Barrett Creek valley with
Its tributaries support a heavy growth of timber suitable for
nunmg purposes. Cedar is very plentiful in the valley bottoms
and white fir ox balsam on the higher mountain slopes and btnch
lands. Spruce, hemlock, tamarack, white pine, Douglas fir.
jack-pine, poplar, cottonwood, birch, willow, alder, and yew
are also common throughout the valleys. Red pine \« rare
Mountain laurel or "buck brush" and rhododendron render
travel on the upper slopes of the valleys difficult. The bwer
stretches of the valley of Barrett creek have been burned over
and now support a thick growth of firewecd.

The Nankin Pole and Post Company are the largest lumber
operators m Ymir district, having leased 5.300 acres of timber
lands which include areas up Barrett Creek valley.

W^er Supply. The water supply at the mine and mill is
not sufficient for power purposes or extensive milling operations
and could hardly be depended upon for service throughout the
entire year." An abundant supply for mining and milling pur-
poses, however, might be obtained from the main Barrett creek
to the northeast (see map). The precipitaUon in the region
probably averages 30 inches per annum, a large part of which
falls as snow in the winter months. Ice remains in certain parts
of the mine workings all the year round.

History and Production. The Porto Rico property was
first discovered and located by two prospectors named Maxwell
and Day, in the autumn of 1896. Assays of some of the ore
samples, obtained by them from surface outcroppings, are said
to have run as high as $2,600 to the ton. Within two months
of their staking, the two prospectors had leased the property
upon very favourable terms to the Canadian Pacific Exploration
Company, Limited, an English company capitalized at £500,000
in £1 shares. Having acquired the property, Mr. W. H.
Corbould, managing director for the company, at once com-
menced to thoroughly exploit the ground. Mr. J. J. McMullen
was engaged as superintendent and under his management.

operations were commincx-l .'1 dcvtiopmcnt work actively
carried on by mean* of adi luinelii driven on the Forto Rico
vein. Forty miners, were t m|»I '^ ■*'•• A jjood waRon road 7
miles long was built (rom the Net n,i and Fort Shepp;ird railway

and 70() feet of adit tunnell'"
year 41 tons of ore wa
was rcjiortcil to have y • ' .'
a trial shipment of ore w. ■
in 90 per cent of the ^old \
plates. A ten-stamp mi:
connecting it with the miin
The aerial tramway was n
Sandon. SUnan district, i'
a report of the directors -
"Crushing commenced on

, v riven in 1897. In the same

»pi I • . the Trail smelter, which

1 S.. .2.' per Ion in gold. In 18W,

•I' tr> '. n Francisco which resulted

'.f'v: saved on the amalKamatinR

<n^' '(n)-foo', V ire-rope tramway

-.'. pletei! .n DecenitK-r 1898.

Ik. , !.'- ;. ;il)!(.t, then of

ic fii'l- X h is an extract from

, , ; IK September ,W, 1808;

1 I - imlwr and on the 20ih

8th

of that month the result rl the fi '>up was as follows:—

Crushings 142 tons which v ivc a return oi J95 ounces of retorted
gold, also 20 tons of concentrates. The .ipproximate value of
clean-up was 85,500.00; an average sample of the tailings assayed
3 dwts. per ton." In the company's report for the year ending
SopteniKr 30, 1899, appeared the following: "Crushings during
the year ending September 30th, there were as near as could be
estimated 3,280 tons of ore crushed yielding in bullion 3,17806
ounces, value as per bullion certificates 853,227.91, and
140.69 tons of concentrates, value $3,283.59, making a total of
$56,511.-50 or an average of $17.21 per ton of ore crusiurl.
Of the above, 1,317 tons of ore yielding $20,757.36, were
taken altogether from the stopes above No. 2 level and the
balance, 1,963 tons yielding $35,754.14, was taken from the
stopes between No. 2 and No. 3 levels so that the grade of
that ore has improved with depth. On September 30th
ther<; existed ore in sight in the stopes sufficient for Rve
months mill run."

The Canadian Pacific Exploration Company expended over
$150,000 in the development of the Porto Rico property and of
that amount $8,000 was used for the construction of the wagon
road. In April 1899, the mine closed down owing to the difti-
culty of getting wood cut for fuel. Seven cords of wood were

131

riciuirH pt-r day at the milt ami mine and the wcKxi-cutf,.™
dcmandwl $8 pi-r cord for cutting and dilivtring it.

The Pcjrto Rico mine was (.peniMl up nK-iin in I'iO? ..ftrr
thrt^' yearn idleness, under lease to G. H. Uarnhardt. formerly
sujKrmtendent of the Ymir mine. DurinR the first milt run WK)
tons were Mushe<l having a grosH value of ovtr SKXKM) the
returns from which yieldwl consi.lerable profit to the lesstn- 'after
paying a heavy royalty. In July 1«W4 Mr. H.trnhar.It si^n.-d
another lease for a peritxl of three years on a tower royalty hasj.
Ihe mine was closed .town the foltowinK xprinK. Uurini- the
ui^merof 1914. Mr. W. B. DeVVitt. formerly of the gu«-n mitt
in Shet>p ( reeic camp, tooica two year's tease on the l'(,rto Rico
mine and atont with three partners did a few months work
ni.iking a trial run of ore through the mill. In flie spring of
iyi5 Mr. Smith Curtis bought out Mr. DeWitts three
partn. rs and did some work on the prof)erty. Gold l)ulli..^i to
the value of $670 and concentrate worth alwur S250 mc rerx.rted
to have been n. overed.

The mine is developed by means of four adit tunnels driven
in on the vein, as welt as by open-cuts. I he tunnels arc numbered
from above downwards. No. 1 tunnel is 2i;0 feet long- N'., 2
tunnel 90 feel lower down is aljout 380 feet long; No. 3 tunnel
87 feet lower than No. 2 is al)out 6(M) feet long; an<l No. 4 tunnel
8.S feet lower than No. 3 is about M)Q feet long. Two hundred
feet lielow No. 4 tunnel but off the vein is No. 6 tunnel only 90
feet long. In No. 3 tunnel is an upraise. 7 feet wide, extending
up to No. 2 tunnel, a distance of 130 feet, the working being all
in ore. Much of the stoping and development work was done
by five machine drills run by air compressed at the mill.

Geological Structure. The vein, which iRlongs to the true
fissure-vein type, has a filling of quart/ scattered through with
iron pyrites. The values in the ore are in gold and silver the
former chiefly in the free state. Native gold may be seen in
hand specimens from the vein. The values vary from S3 up to
S146 per ton. The ore that Mr. Barnhardt put through the mill
>n 1903 ran about $17 to $18 per ton. The width of the vein
ranges from 2 to 5 feet with an average \\ idth of 3 feet It
widens, however, in a few places to 8 feet, but the values in such

132

places are not so high. The vein is very regu'ar and continuous,
striking north 49 degrees east and dipping to the west at an angle
of 45 degrees. The ore-shoots are tabular in shape and in the
vein appear to have a vertical pitch. The largest shoot has a
stope length of 450 feet at No. 3 tunnel level. The vein has
been opened up at intervals for about half a mile along its out-
crop from No. 4 tunnel up to its apex on the divide and is found
invariably in contact with a narrow, fine-grained, cherty 1am-
prophyre (altered augite kersantite) about 2 feet in width and
having the same strike and dip as the vein. The dyke generally
forms the hanging-wall; but in some places ore occurs on both
sides of the dyke and both vein matter and dyke have been stoped
out and put through the mill.

The country rock of the ore-producing portion of the vein
is a somewhat granular, dark porphyrite containing prominent
white feldspar phenocrysts. This augite-feldspar porphyrite
(Triassic ?) occurs as an intrusive sill striking north and south
and dipping steeply to the west. The east boundary of the sill
passes close to the mouth of No. 4 tunnel, whereas the west
boundary falls outside the map-area. Another sill, of an augite
porphyrite of contemporaneous age to the augite feldspar por-
phyrite, is about three-quarters of a mile thick and outcrops to
the east. This sill has a strike and dip similar to the ore-bearing
one. No. 6 tunnel is entirely in the augite porphyrite, and, as
the vein has not been traced from the augite-feldspar porphyrite
eastward into this sill, any variations that may be present in
vein character and ore value with change of country rock cannot
as yet be determined.

Figure 14 indicates the probable structural relations of the
two sills and the positions of the adit tunnels and stopes.

Geclogy of Mine Workings. The vein has been trenched
and developed on the surface by means of open-cuts and prospect
pits above the tunnel levels. No. 1 tunnel is about 300 feet
from the apex of the vein on the divide and 142 feet vertically.
The tunnel was driven in on the vein, which has since been
stoped from below. The tunnel was inaccessible at time of
visit but appeared to branch beyond a winze which was full of
water and covered by rotten boards. The tunnel is reported

BS^SnK^-jCSs-

/
/
/

►*<*Tii-^

I'l 1,11 l I'l '* N / ^ ^ r . ^ \ ^^ \ ^^Mso

Bi 111 1 I'vli ' N ■ ,i| _ ^ ~ ' ^ ' 1 '>'>.,■'", ■ •^KL

li .1,1,1 ; ,-' : ^^ r -^^ M . - -v-^Tr;-vr~-'-' ' . • '. ', '/.

■■<^««J TS7Ty TSS5f

^/J /< . .Ster*qcn»n of' Avto ^wo c<xit#ci
a^ th* van ta k*r»mntitt djk» mn

tmldsptri. parplfj/ritm : i^<

* * »♦ »J

CO contecf »«>> Showing ttx rm/atiorm

, I

> i

133

to be 250 feet long. The vein near the portal of the tunnel has
been sloped above the sill floor almost to the surface, a distance
of 15 feet. The hanging-wall of the observed portion of the vein
18 the same cherty eruptive as elsewhere throughout the mine and
IS here 2 feet wide. A hanging-wall stringer of the vein was
found m one place to follow the other border of the dyke

No. 2 tunnel is about 380 feet long and is 90 feet vertically
below the level of No. 1 tunnel. No. 2 tunnel also follows the
vem for a distance of about 3C0 feet to a point where the working
becomes deflected from the main vein and dyke and appears
to follow a stnnger of ore with a steeper dip to the west in the
foot-wall country. A few inches of calcite and red iron o.xide
.8 present m this stringer, and iron-stained quartz impregnated
with pyrites appears in another vertical stringer which inter-
sects the first one. The country rock is augite-feldspar porphy-
nte throughout. The altered augite kersantite dyke forms the
hang,ng-wall to the vein which has been extensively stopcd above
this level. Both dyke rock and ore have been stoped out in
many places and run through the mill.

AAA ^°' f *"""^' '^ ^^^ '"^'" ^^'^ *"""^' °^ **>« '"•ne, being nearly
600 feet long. It is 87 feet vertically below No. 2 tunnel level.
Ihe ore in the vem may be well seen at the portal of the tunnel
near the door on the east side of the sill floor. The main ore-
shoot on this level is 450 feet in stope length and the dip of the
stope from this level up to the surface is 45 degrees The
quartz vein contains a little calcite in some places. At 500 feet
a lamprophyre dyke was encountered striking north and south'
at an angle of 35 degrees to the trend of the vein, and between
well-defined walls which dip to the east at an angle of 50 degrees
The hanging-wall of the vein on this level, for long productive
stretches, is the cherty, augite kersantite dyke which is intius-ve
into the augite-feldspar porphyrite sill. About 40 feet from the
face of the tunnel, the vein was lost in a brownish, fine-grained,
schist formation containing lime films. The east boundary of
this schistose zone strikes north and south and dips vertically
or steeply to the east. The working was deflected from the
couree It should have taken by the schistose band and is too far
m the foot-wall country. The schist formation is in all pro-

134

1 '

bability a metamorphosed phase of the porphyrite caused b
regional mashing. It may be expected to occur as a compa
atively narrow, tabular zone trending with the formatioi
Beyond it, the vein should be found enclosed in the norm,
porphyrite. A grab sample of milling ore taken from one of tl
stopcs was assayed by the Mines Branch and found to carry
trace of gold and silver.

No. 4 tunnel is 85 feet lower in elevation than No. 3 and
driven about 300 feet in on the foot-wall side of a curvin
quartz vein which contains scattered sulphides. The ve
here dips to the northwest at an angle of 56 degrees. A dens
cherty eruptive, probably the altered augite kersantite, forms tl
hanging-wall, whereas the foot-wall is the augite-feldsp;
porphyrite.

There is no No. S tunnel and the lowest working is No.
tunnel which is at an elevation nearly 200 feet below the lev
of No. 4 tunnel. This tunnel is only 90 feet long and was driv<
with the intention of crosscutting the vein and then raisii
some 310 feet to No. 3 level for ventilation purposes. Such
project would have involved over 900 feet of work at a conside
able cost. The tunnel is driven in the western portion of tl
augite porphyrite sill which lies between the augite-feldsp
porphyrite sill of the mine and the Summit Ridge volcanics
the east. The augite porphyrite is cut by two dykes of augi
minette, one 6 feet and the other 4 feet in width, both strikii
north 34 degrees east and making an angle of 15 degreeswith tl
strike of the Porto Rico vein.

Mining and Milling. The ore was mined by the ovc
hand stoping method, and air for five machine drills was supplii
by a Rand air compressor placed in the mill. The ore, consistii
chiefly of a mixture of clean ore and low grade wall rock, w
dumped into ore bins situated near the mouth of No. 3 tunm
It was then conveyed from the bins to the mill by means of a wi
rope tramway 2,500 feet long and with a vertical drop of 600 fet
The tramway has two one-inch cables, supported upon five towei
the buckets each have a carrying capacity of 1,000 pounds,
each bucket is attached a i(-inch cable which passes over a dru
with a lever and brake attachment located at the mine static
By this method 50 tons of ore were trammed from mine to m

in ten hours or at the rate of 5 tons per hour. At the mill the
buckets dumped automatically and dropp«l their contents into
two ore bms with a capacity of 200 tons. From the bins the ore
was fed over a grizzly; the fine ore passed into No. 2 bin whereas
the coarse ore was run through a Blake crusher whirh reduced
It to pieces about 1 J inches in diameter. The crushe.l ore from
No 2 bm fell mto the self feeders, then into the mortars and
under the stamps. The pulp from the .stamps passed through a
40-mesh screen directly to the amalgam plates, which arc 1 2 feetin
ength. hvum the amalgam plates the product was carrie.l through
the classifiers of which there are three, to the Frue vann.rs
The mill ,s well equipped; it has 10 stamps each weighing 1.000
pounds and two 6-foot and one 4-foot Frue vanners. The power
phnt consists of two boilers, a five-drill air compressor, and a
40-horsepower high speed engine; the latter was employed
m the operation of the mill. The building was illuminate,l by
acetylene gas and the company had telephonic communication
between mill and mine. The capacity of the mill was 25 tons
of ore every twenty-four hours, provided the water suppiv did
not fail. The recovery in the mill amounted to 94 per cent of
a^y values and the concentrates averaged between S40 and
$50 per ton.

in tJ^^'p'"; I^^ comparatively meagre undergrour.d <lata

P°rt« R'.co mine at present available is hardly sufficient

o form the basis for any safe inferences regarding the origin of

the ore deposit. Until further development work is done on the

property only mere suggestions can be offered with the hope that

Eimrr^'^" '"^^ '''' ''"^^^^"^ — - P-l''- -ay

Comparing the trend of the Porto Rico fissure vein with

other fissure veins in Ymir camp, it is noted that the Porto

Rico vein lies intermediate in direction between the general east-

anH r in'r """' °" '^' ^"''''' ^^"•^°''- ''"ghorn. Tamarac,
and Gold Cup properties, and the general north-south strike

pLific Tu°" 'i' ^''"Z ^°'' ^"^'"' J^""'^ fi^"- Canadian
nor h ^nH !I! . T' '°*"^' ^"** ^^^^^^ properties. The
nor h and south trending veins appear to owe their direction to
the influence of the country rock formations, either striking with

136

the formation or following aionR dykes. The cast and west
trending veins, on the other hand, cut the formations and as a
rule bear evidence of being fault fissures. These fault fissures,
which resulted through accumulated regional stresses in this
portion of the crust having reached their breaking point, have
not been controlled in their direction by the strike of the country
rock formation nor the dykes. Although the Porto Rico vein
resembles in strike most closely the veins of the Dundee and
Yankee Girl mines, it does not belong to the same system, for
the latter veins cut the formations and are independent of dykes
although the ore-shoots are not. They are most closely related
to the east and west trending veins. The fissure vein of the
Porto Rico mine, as shown by conformity of strike and dip
between vein and lamprophyre dyke, belongs rather to the north
and south system of fissure veins, and has been controlled in its
development by the dyke found invariably on the hanging-wall
of the ore-body. Recent fractures frequently follow ancient
fracture planes. This old dyke-filled fracture may have re-
opened under the accumulated stresses and thus permitted
heated ascending alkaline solutions carrying gold and some
silver to circulate and, under suitable conditions of temperature
and pressure, to deposit their burden of precious metals along
the underside of the lamprophyre dyke.

The source of the m.neralizing solutions was probably the
same magma reservoir that gave rise to the Nelson granodiorite
batholith (late Jurassic in age) and the solutions represent the
after effects (solfatarism) of igneous intrusion.

Future Work. Since the apex of the vein is well exposed
on the divide and has the same structural relations there as
below in the mine, with the same persistent lamprophyre dyke
as hanging-wall, it would seem advisable to explore the vein more
extensively and systematically lx>th laterally and in depth.
The vein to the southwest could readily be explored for ore-
shoots by continuing the adit tunnels beyond ti.e schistose zone
which, in No. 3 tunnel, deflected the working to the foot-wall.
No. 2 tunnel also left the main vein and dyke and is in the foot-
wall country. The dyke ought to prove a good indicator of the
position of the vein. Should the vein leave it, however, and the

137

values in the vein cease, other dyke intersections with the
same or parallel ve.ns should be sought after. Before doing
th s underground development work in search for lateral
extensions of ore, the vein and dykes should be carefully
traced on the surface and. if possible, the width o^
the schistose zone measured. Neither the vein nor dvke
have as yet been proved to extend to the northeast into the
augite porphynte sill. Although the augite porphyrite of the
lower workings is not the ore-bearing country rock of the Porto
Rico mine yet it is the country rock to high grade ore from
prospects below the mine near the wagon road, as well as from
the Pern mine. In the case of the Fern mine, however, the ore-
shoots are found in contact with a granite porphyry dyke
Dyke intersections, both lamprophyres and porphyries, with
veins, particularly where at acute angles, should be carefully
prospected for. As scv ral lamprophyre dykes have already
been disclosed in the mine workings and found to strike at acute
angles to the main vein fissure, the chances are fair for finding
not only extensions of old ore-shoots but also new shoots on the
rorto Kico and adjoining properties.

HALI CREEK BELT.

Fern.

1 ^^Ji'Tr^ ^I'*' ^^^ ""'"^ •■" ^'*"^^«' °" ^^^ Steep southern
slope of Hall Creek valley at an altitude of about 5.000 feet above
sea-level The property is near the west border of Ymir map-
Tim f ^K^f" ?' " '"^^'"^ '" '^"^ ^^"^y botto'". about

.400 feet below the mme. and opposite the junction of the

tributap- Noman creek. The site is about 3 miles up-valley
from Hal^ a lailway siding on the Nelson and Fort Sheppard
railway (Great Nortliern system).

TransporUUion, Timber, Water Supply. A well graded
wagon road about 3 miles long connects the Fern mill with Hall
which IS 10 miles by rail south of Nelson. The road is in a fair
state of repair and could be put in excellent condition in a short

I'H^J "°''^ ''^^ °^ "^" ^'^^ ^^"«^y i« '^^•l watered and
wooded, supporting an abundant growth of timber suitable for
mining purposes. The Nankin Pole and Post Company ha.

138

leased the tinilwr lands for 6 miles up Hall creek. The company
has erected bunk houses and other buildings, as well as a supply
depot at Hall which is at present their main shipping point.
There is a sufficient supply of water in Hall and tributary creeks
for extensive mining and milling operations. This water supply
has been used in past years for placer mining.

History and Production. The Fern property was first
located by Captain Duncan who staked the claims in June 1897.
He shortly afterwards sold it for the reported sum of $60,000.
The property was owned by the late Mr. Frank Fletcher and
associates of Nelson and later by the Fern Gold Mining and
Milling Company whose stock is chiefly held in Victoria and
Montreal. Mr. G. J. Campbell of Nelson is the president of the
company. In 1897 this company erected a lO-stamp mill and
L ''It a 3-rail gravity tramway down from the mine, all at a cost
of some $50,000. During 1897 there were two clean-ups at the
mill: the first one covering a period of three months yielded
$28,500 at a cost of $12,000; the second, covering a period of
forty-four days, during which time 1,251 tons were crushed,
yielded S9.25 per ton of which $7.70 was caught on the amalga-
mating plates and the remaining SI. 55 was obtained from the
concentrates. Besides the ore milled, a small lot of sorted ore
was shipped directly to the Hall smelter at Nelson. A dividend
of S10,000 was declared. In December 1898 a clean-up after a
33-day mill-run amounted to $6,650. One carload of ore
shipped along with concentrates was estimated at that time to
be worth $3,000. The Fern Gold Mining and Milling Company
declared one 5 per cent dividend in 1898 and at that time they
claimed to have sufficient ore in sight to keep the ten-stamps
pounding for at least several months. During 1900 about
6,000 tons of ore was mined and milled, but toward the end of the
year the ore-body was lost apparently through faulting and the
mine closed down for a few years. During the summer of
1902 Mr. f*. J. Nichols took a lease of the mine and mill. More
ore was opened up, the property was put in good working order,
and the ore was treated in the mill at a considerable profit.
The average monthly production from the Fern mine in 1*>02
was 750 tons of ore which was all put through the 10-stamp mill.

139

In 1903. the property was clow.| d„wn f„r ., few months.
It was re-open«f again m 19Wunderanotherlea«.-. Themill wax
operated fo. .nly a short time and has «ince fn-en ba.lly .lanw.Ked
by the collapse of the ro<,f due to the heavy b..rden of J^
A few years ago. T. Brown. J. I.. \V.,rner. Dr. \ViN„n. an.l John
Swanson took an option on the Fern and did a little work A
quartz vein farther down the hill, thought to U- ,H.Ml,ly an
extension of the Fern vein, w . opene<l up. In 1915 Mr \V S
Hawley of Spokane took a lease with th.. option of purchase
on the Fern and prospected for the lateral extension of the main
vem beyond the fault plane.

Mine Dtvelopment. The mine, which is simattnl on a
steep hdlsule. lends itself to development l.y mean, of tunnels
and open-ruts. There are four tunnels, tl... upper ,wo Inking
ad.t tunnels driven in on the vein. They are numlH-rcl from
above downwards and are indicated in Figure 15 whi.h .how,
the total amount of development work. The lr,ngitu<linal section
shows the manner in which the workings are connecte.l by
raises and stopes. No. 1 tunnel (elevation 5.040 feet alK,ve
sea-level) IS 157 feet long; No. 2 tunnel (elevation 5,000 fcn^t) is
270 feet long; No. 3 tunnel (elevation 4.950 feet) is a crosscut

fee IS 620 feet long, being a crosscut for the first 160 feet and a
drift for the remaining 460 feet.

ronvf hT ""l ^'"?^- '^''^ "''^ ^^"^ '^' F-^" »"!"« was

conveyed from the workings to the mill b> neans of a gravity
3-rad tramway about 3.000 feet in length ..ul at a gradient of

fhlT T , ^^"'""* °^ ^^^ '•'^•'^^ ^"°*^«" '■" this region,

the tracks were laid on trestle work about 12 feet above the
mountain side. Each tram was capable of carr>'ing about
1 J tons of ore and it was possible to make the trip in 2i minutes.

«Hn ^i*" T""^^^ ^^* °''*' ^^' '^"'^P«J automatically into

skip cars and taken to the mill, the loaded car hoisting the empty
one. The mill ,s built on a small creek about 1.400 feet lower
than the nune workings. It is equipped with 10 stamps, an
amalgamator vat, 4 Frue vanners. and a small oanide plant.
The mill is constructed so as to permit of the addition of another
10 stamps and 4 Frue vanners, as well as either a chlorination or

140

larger cyanide plant, without disturbing the present building*.
The foundation for the additional batteries it in place. The
tramway and mill are at present in disrepair.

I1lgtvi0)i—t ff^tttiao afffm Mum

fl^tit .

ffatt 9fF*r^ t9Mm ffto/t*/^s

Figure 15. Plan and section of Fern mine.

141

GeohgicaJ Slructun. Th, win. which i. of the fi«,ur.
vein ,y,.. con.auu.l ^H.twc.„ fairly wdWefincI wauT h^
«>mewha. s.„uou» course varying i„ „nke fn.m north 4' .^^
e<«t to 74 cl.gr«.. cast ,muI it .lifn. at an au-rage anRlc of^
degree, to the n„rrhw«., It i. pcTHistent l.ut .' ri« i„ ,lf
ne*.. p.nch,„g to a few inchc, in place, and ^wellin^ctw eJe*
o as much a^ S feet. The high grade ntreakn. howevr''^
from a few .n, I,,-, ,„ over one foot a„d as a rule follow the I, . i- ,'7

pynte and fret- gold. I he ore is reporttti to a«8av fro .. tr .
up to S70 per ton in gold, S,..„e .ider^;:. and I ^I^^,^^
and bomue were nuttxl on the clump of No. 2 tunnJ Tlu ^
m he upper levels is «, thoroughly oxidized th... U is r.ldly
free m.ll.ng. In „».pth the ore become, more r.fr.u r.rv 3
some ore was found «o much .0 that smdt.ng had ,0 U- ' "'
to m order to re...xx.r .ts high gold content, which e r.ainlv would
have been lost m amalgamation. ' ^

The ore-shoots as shown in the longitudinal =K.ction ; Fi«,..,

ir into tlirK^n !" '''T '"^ " '""^^"'^ »" P'^'^h southw..,„ arcl
or mto the h.l ; but thw is not always the case. The common

country rock .s a dark, greenish, massive to schistc^e Zi J

s Cmc^td"'" "-;»^^-^f- cuts the';:;p;;H;

schist, but 25 feet down on the vein the massive, augite porohv
me appears m the foot-wall, the v. in following The Ton, [
between the two formations down to near No. 2 tunnelTe'S
where .t cuts right through the massive porphyri"e and en-'
counte^ the sch.st again at No. 3 tunnel levTl. Throughout
the productive stretches, however, the vein follows a dyle^
Kramte porphyry which dips and strikes with it and forms one

I ^ °'i'' J'"- '^^'^ P°^''y^' *'"■-'' » general yhghJy

altered and 8ch»tose also forms barren horses in fhe vein (Figu e

6) and ,s a good md.cator of values. The fissure vein apJ^a !

to cut through thedykenn No. 3 tunnel level so that althouXthe

lnt^7nfZ\ TT '^"^^^'^ ^y'''^ ""^"^^ -n acute-

angled mtersection with the vein near the end of No. 3 tunnel

•n No. 4 tunnel where the productive portion of the vein has a

I -
I

142

Note

mi '^•^

| ..vv | mandgiwite
!■ '"I porphyry

VZ/^ fbrpfiynte schist

'^mh Or^/t.^&*»^

^porphyry occurs on
SMf/ng moff/OO^et

Figure 16. Transverse section of Fern vein, diagraramatic.

143

hanging-wall of granite porphyry. I„ N„. 2 tunnel, however
the mam ore-shoot has a f(K,t-wall of granite fwrphyry

5.040 feet) IS a straight adit tunnel driven in on the vein for a
distance of 157 feet. The first 67 feet consisted of v.-ry much
broken ground and the ore has l^-en stoped up from below ri^ht
to the s,II floor. The ore beyond this point has k-en sto,K-d out
or a distance of 90 feet, the ore varying in width from 1 to 5
feet. Two p.llars were left, the main one standing about halfway
through the shoot where a zone of faulting was encotmicred.
The fault zone strikes south 39 degrees east and dips to the north
at an angle of 60 degrees. The ore-shoot narrowed to 1 foot
15 feet from the face of the tunnel, and the ore below the sill
floor was nch enough to be shipped direct. The tunnel has not
been driven far enough to cut the 10-foot lamprophyre dyke
opened up m the lower tunnel levels. This dyke, which dips
80 degrees to the north and strikes south 82 degrees east, should
be encountered alx.ut 45 feet farther in. Ab<,ut 60 f.et farther
north than the portal of No. 1 tunnel at an elevation of
5.075 feet is a 52-foot crosscut tunnel which cuts the vein.
At this point the vein strikes north 49 degrees east, dips to
the northwest at an angle of 70 degrees, and has a f.K.t-wall of
granite porphyry and a hanging-wall of augite porphyrite.
I he ore-shoot has been stoped to the surface.

No. 2 tunnel (elevation 5.000 feet) is also an adit tunnel
driven m on the vein. It is a slightly curving tunnel 270 feet
in length At a distance of 60 feet in. the vein is 9 inches wide
but swells to 14 inches 15 feet farther in. where the values ran
up to 51.321 per ton. At this portion of the tunnel the granite
porphyry is present on the foot-wall; the hanging-wall is por-
phyrite schist. Twenty-five feet farther in. the ore narrowed
from 4 to 2 inches, widening, however, again to 10 inches and
even 18 inches. Tiie gold values were highest near the lam-
prophyre dyke where they averaged $25.80 per ton; elsewhere
the values varied from S2 to $5.60 per ton.

No. 3 tunnel (elevation 4.950 feet) commences as a crosscut
tunnel m porphyrite schist and continues as such for about 100
teet. At 50 feet, the vein was intersected and drifted on, south-

144

j t

■ .V

east, for a distance of 855 feet to the lamprophyre dyke, beyond
which the ore was not found. In this tunnel the best ore came
from the contact of granite porphyry with tlie augite porphyrite
schist. About 30 feet north of the lamprophyre dyke the granite
porphyry crossed to the foot-wall side of the vein, the working
following a fissure but not the contact. This fissure was traced
to the fault zone (water course) which forms the north Ixjrder
of the lamprophyre dyke. Neither vein nor porphyry dyke has
as yet been located south of this fault. A crosscut was made to
the hanging-wall for a distance of more than 50 feet .searching
for the vein extension, but as this work was done entirely in the
lamprophyre dyke, a formation younger in age than the vein,
no results could possibly be expected.

No. 4 tunnel (elevation 4,800 feet) commences also as a
crosscut tunnel and continues as such for about 160 feet. At
140 feet a slip plane was encountered which had an east and west
strike with northerly dip of 63 degrees. The hanging-wall of this
fissure zone for a short distance is massive augite porphyrite and
the foot-wall a porphyrite schist. At this point a raise was run
for 15 feet. The fissure zone was followed for 50 feet, both walls
becoming of porphyrite schist traversed by numerous cross
strinKcrs. The working turned to the left (southwest) almost
at right angles to follow the major cross stringer which dips at
an angle of 55 degrees to the northwest. This was drifted on
for afjout 40 feel when the tunnel was swung farther to the .<tf>uth
and follows what appears to be the lower extension of the Fern
vein. The values, however, did not appear until alx)Ut 230 feet
farther in near a winze where the hanging-wall to the vein is
altered granite porphyry and the foot-wall porphyrite schist.
The vein curves, van-ing in strikr from north 54 degrees to 74
degri-es east, and dips to the northwest at an angle of 63 d^'grees.
Westward the fissure vein appears to flatten but so far h«» not
been found lieyond the lamprophyre dyke fault.

Origin. The sourcf of the gold-bearing solution which
gave rise to the Fern ore-whoots is believed to be the sarw as that
of the Nelson granodiorite batholith which slightly pr*^"-4ed
the sfjiutions.

■■

145

The mineralizing solutions probably came from the same
magma reservoir and repr«^nt the after effects of bathoiithic
mtru..«n. The age of the Nelson batholith and con., e t
period of mineralization has been provisionally referred to the late
Jurassic (Jurassic orogenic revolution). The solutions fm.nd
access to the upper consolidated portion of the batlmlith and
the cover rocks through fault fissures formH at that tim. through
crustal readjustm«it. In the ca^ of the Fern vein, th.- ore-
shoots were localized along a parallel trending .Kk. of ,ranite
porphyry which, like the vein itself, cuts through both the mas-
sive augite porph>Tite and the p<,rphyrite schist (Figure 16)
In fact, the vein fissure may have been in part contn.lied in i(s
development by the granite porphyry tlyke which i., .11 pro-
bability represents a tongue from the underlying granitic bath,,-
hth Such dyke-filled fractures afford favourable pi.„c. of
breakage for accumulated stresses set up in the crust follow ;,„,
such a period of bathoiithic intrusion.

The Fern fault fissure, now filled with vein matter an.l Ivinu
along a porphyry dyke represents such a break. It Incame an
open channel for the ascent and circulation of heat.d alk.dine
so ut ions from the deep-seated metallic hearth U-low The
solutions, when they had attained suitable conditions of tern-
perature and pressure, deposited their burden of pre io„s metals
The portions of the vein traversing augite porphNrit. or por-
phyrite ,i n.st alone appear to have not Ixen so fasourable to the
deposition .f ore, the values so far having come from contact
ore-shfx its.

Future Work. Th,- territorj- west of the iatiiprophyre
dyke fault deserves further exploration, with the ain, of tlnding
the continuation of the main Fern vein and granite p<,rphvrv
rtyke. The dyke- and fault plane dip steeply to the east (80
degrees), whereas the vein dips steeply to the- northwest (63
(k'xrees). As..uming that the fault is a normal one bv which the
ground east of the fault plane has bt^n drop,x-d verticallv with
respect to that west of the plane, the vein should lie to tlu-
northwest or on the hanging-wall side. A horizontal movement
or heave, howcNer. may have accompanied v.rfical displaament
and, in that case, the above deduction might not iiold true

146

The finding eif striations on the fault plane would aid in the
solution of thw fault problem.'

The country rock on both foot-wall and hanging-wall side?
should also he carefully prospectetl for parallel veins and the
presence of further productive acute-angled intersections Ijetween
different veins or veins and porphyry dykes.

Gold King Group.

The Gold King uroup includes five claims situated on Hall
creek about half a mile al)ove the IVrn mill. The owners are a
Spokane syndicate who acquired the prof)erty durinir the aiitinnn
of 1915 and are at present developing it under the supervision of
Mr. VV. A. Brocki^ay. A wagon road about 2,000 feet long was
constructed to connect the property with the government road
to Nelson and a steam fx)wcr plant, including compressor,
hoist, and sinking pump was installed.

A quartz vein 2 to 4 feet in width, similar in character and
trend to the Fern vein, has lieen uncoverefi. In a few places free
gold is visible. The vein has been traced by means of open-cuts,
an adit tunnel, and a prospect shaft for a distance of 1,000 feet.
It is stated that assays of samples ranged up to $25 in gold and
7 ounces in silver to the ton, and that the average assay of 168
samples was S13.85 in gold, and 2 ounces in silver per ton. Mil-
ling tests on the ore made by the management resulted in a recov-
ery of 85 per cent of the valuable metals contained in it, 35 per
cent of the gold having been recovered as free gold, while the
remaining gold and silver was in the concentrate.*

■ since writini tfaii Profraaor Francis A. Thsmtru o( the ttate enllete of Wuhington ha*
done detailed work in aearch of the »ein ertenaon beyond the ao-called fault He wmea in
part: "From the appearance of the vein at the fault Intenection on the leveral lerelj. eepeciallv
at the No. 2 level and to a lexer eitent at the No. 3. 1 am tatitfied that the >.tteniion of the vein
la not to be experted to the aaatvaid. Thia ia confirmed by the foUowinc ■ouie-MHyt'
taken from No. 2 level.

Kault gouge 12 feet east of cmtie of vein — trace.
Fault gouge 12 feet WMt of centre of vein — (16.
"Thii reduces the fault problem tQ oae or two poaibilitie*: (1) The throw it to tite weMaard
and !• of great extent. (2) The fault ia pre- mineral and the vein finure tumi ai^d followa it,
conUnuinc for a great dlMance In a piached condition. Dau are not available for a i
conduiioa in this matter, but I am incfiaed to favour the aecoad hypotlieeii."
' See Kept, of Mlnitcer of Miaet, B. C, 1915, p. 149, for funlwr dccalla

147

Bluestone, Clincher, Evening Star, etc.

During the summer of 1914 some prospecting an.J develon

ment work was being done by John SwansTn on the muestn^

cla.m adjom.ng the Fern. Farther up the hill than the Fe m a

prospect shaft was noted on what was called the Clnn 1 er ( Zy)

full of water The country rock isaugite jK.rphyrite and the

pyrTte "Th:? '"" ""T^ '' ''"'"' ^"^^^^ -th\o„u :::. ^

sT r , ^'^V •'". ^'"■' '"^ ^■^■^■'■^' «'''*-^^ o'd locations are

The K^•c.^mg Star claun hallway between Keno creek an.l 1 a 1
was Ioca.«l ,n 1911 by O. Lindstrom. The country rJ^^k s he
a tered scchmentaries of the Hail series intruded by amprophyre

tx-s.de he road .s ,n a contact ^one at the eastern bonier of the
.^enes: U s r.kes northwest and southeast and dips southwestw. rd
at an angle of 60 degrees. "uu.tttMwara

CLEARWATKR CREEK BELT.

Lost Cabin.

■f ^'^^.'"^ Development. Tlie Lost Cabin claim is
iun" at the north end of Eiise mountain on a spur T the

iver "tI^ J""'" ' "^' ^^"^y *'■*'' '"^^^ «f ^!^e Salmon
nver. The wr^kmgs are at an elevation of about 4,800 feet

trj. 7"' "^u" •^" """"'^'^ "^y »-'■ *''h the railway abou
one «^ above Hall. The claim was loca-.d July 6 1911 by

Lt f!r n'*'"" '"'"" ^^'-- ^•'^^ ^'""- '" the group: the
Lo6tC^ Queen M^, ..nd Blu<. Bell. The pro^-rty wa!

■taia y^mp dev»4opment wortr carried on. ' f-

or<J^Zf ^'t ^"'' ^"'"'" ^"^"^ ^■*''"' «^ ^''P^^ed in a
pfo«^, A,ft. .traces north .S8 degrees west (magnetic) with
dip v^v.nK iron, 85 degrees to the southwest to vertical The
^va^Mj. . .,dth f.^ 2 to 3 feet and has well-cJe.ined walls.
Bo* w^s a*,. ^ a hght-coloured schL.t which contains a series
^ paraJW str**^. of quartz. All the veim, follow the trend o

148

the formation. A dark-coloured, greenstone schist is also present
but appears to be barren of values. A development tunnel 175
feet long was driven south 39 degrees east (magnetic) and four
short crosscuts to the northeast and southwest were run in search
of the vein. A narrow vein striking with the schist formation
was encountered in the first crosscut on the right (southwest)
65 feet from the portal of the tunnel. The tunnel workings are
almost altogether in the dark, greenstone schist of the foot-
wall country, which is considered to be a porphyrite schist,
whereas the lighter-coloured, often spotted schist represents a
slightly younger, granite porphyry schist. Both are members
of the so-called Rossland Volcanic group.

PLACER MINING.

As far back as 1885 the gravels in the neighlxsurhood of
Hall creek and the Salmon river were worked as placers by the
Colville Indians. Later the Hall brothers who located the Hall
mines, operated the same ground and recovered considerable
gold. It was reported that a nugget valued at $100 was found
near the mouth of Hall creek. The ground has been worked
at intervals by gangs of Chinamen and prospectors but only in
the most primitive manner.

During 1904 about 320 acres of the flat situated at the
junction of the Salmon river and Hall creek was leased from the
government by a Portland, Oregon, syndicate whose intention was
to work the ground by modern methods. The leased ground was
tested and a general average value of 50 cents per yard, outside of
the values contained in the black sand, was obtained. Bedrock,
however, where the best values might be expected, was never
reached, i'he syndicate proposed to install an hydraulic elevator
which, although not the cheapest method of saving the gold,
was expected to give the best idea of the value of the ground.
Had the values turned out as high as the hand tests indicated
it was their intention to put in a large dre<!ge. The enterprise
was not successful. Outside of a few creek diggings by placer
miners along the Salmon river, and the work of Wad and Evanson
a few years ago near the bridge over Hall creek, no placer mining
has been done in Ymir district of late years.

149

ADDENDA I.>

Field work in K«x,tenay district since this report went to
pr^ has ed the writer to suggest an alternativrcorrela ion
which would place the Summit series in the Lower Cambrian
unconformably overiying the Kitchener. Creston. and AWrZ
members of the Purcell series of Pre-Cambrian or lieltbn ^
The wnter considers Daly's Priest River terrane the mZ'-
morphosed «,u.valents of the Kitchener. Creston. and Aldridge.
The basal Irene conglomerate may be correlated with the
Siyeh conglomerate* of the Galton series, and the basal conglome-
rate of the Bow River series; the Irene volcanics with the P Tell
lava above the Siyeh and the basaltic lava below the Nak mu
h.^stone of the Selkirk series;^ the Dewdney or Monk wi h The
Ross quart^.te of the Selkirk series, and the Fairview and lake
Lou.se o the Bow River series; the Beehive and Rippk wit 1he
S.r Donald quart^ite of the Selkirk series and the uppJr m mbLrs
of the Galton and Bow River series. 'i^mocrs

No. Name of daim.

1 I'ilot Knob

i Independence

3 Mars

■1 Venus Fraction

•^ Venus

6 Foothill

7 Etruria Fraction

8 Hidden Treasure

9 Chicora

10 Fern

11 Eureka

12 Imperial

13 Eclipse

14 Rising Sun

15 Edna

16 Keno Fraction

17 Lea

ADDENDA II.

INDEX TO MINl-KAL CLAIM MAP, PAGE 65.

'Sm pue Ji.
•Schofidd, S. J
p. U.

^0. Name of daim.

18 Royal Anne Friction

19 Evelyn

20 Monarch

21 l^tah

22 Safeguard

23 Canadian Bell .No. 2

24 Canadian Bell
2.S Canadian Girl
2(t Canadian Boy

27 Alice

28 Romance

29 Condor

30 Erin

31 Bethel

32 (k>lden Cia(e

33 Jenny Lind

34 Riverside

IJnil Surv.. ( jn . Mem.

"Gealofy of Cranbrook map-am.

'6. 1015

i;o

lfi». Name of claim

is Nip and Tuck

36 Nancy lane

37 Irina I. 3426

38 N'uoiiday
30 Copper Bell

40 Toni Tiiunib

41 t^iipsc

42 Ficiadilly

43 Candidate

44 Salmon Star

45 l.ytton

46 Klise

47 Jewel

48 tnia

49 B and 1 1

50 Buckhorn

51 Lillie Fraction

52 Summit

53 Bi)»ion

54 Copper C.ipc

55 Hidden Treasure

56 Kditor

57 Dumas

58 Author Fraction

59 Alexandre

60 Corfew

61 Apex

62 Silver Reef

63 B and C

64 Longsley

65 Coliiteum

66 Anaconda

67 Red Seal

68 Stanley

69 Exchange

70 CrfXKl Hope

71 Ciood Hope Fraction

72 Rainy Day

73 Rainy Day No. 2

74 Foghorn Fraction

75 Foghorn

76 Independence

77 Rosalia

78 Centennial

79 Copper Lily

80 Denis

81 Swansea

82 Glasg;ow

83 Scottish Chief

84 City of Paris

85 Copper Bell

86 Gray Mouse

87 October

88 October Fraction

89 I, 2399

90 Racatam

fi0. Name of claim

91 Tamarac

92 Muller

93 Inkerman

94 Alma

95 Alexandria

96 Ciibraltar

97 Mugwump

98 RocTdand

99 (rt)lden Horn

100 Farnham

101 Ymir

102 Bristol

103 North Fork
1(W Mist Fraction

105 Beresford

106 Dufferin

107 I mo L 2920

108 (resent No. 2 L2921

109 BufTalo

110 Carthage

111 I'at

112 X Ray

113 Wild Horse

114 Annie Maud

115 Joplin

116 i;old<nCalf

117 Canadian Pacific

118 Oronogo

119 S.J. M.

120 Bywater

121 \1. S.

122 Willcock

1 23 Warwick

124 Royal

125 New Victor

126 Royal Fraction

127 Excelsior

128 M an.I M

129 Blackcock

130 I. 2925

131 Sterling

132 Roanoke

133 l.e.xin^on

134 Mornmg Star

135 Pulaski

136 Morning Star Fraction

137 Wren

138 Calumet

139 Little (rfotge

140 C.arfield

141 Randall

142 Blye

143 Dinner Bucket

144 Ben Hur

145 Salisbury

146 Warrington

No.

147

148

149

150

151

152

15J

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

190

J91

192

193

194

195

196

197

198

199

200

201

202

Namt of claim

Lancashire

Florence

Dead wood

New Bruntwick

snowslide

L4226

Ocean Wave

Joker

First Chance

Giant

Gigantic

Atlin

Yankee Girl

Yukon Fraction

Canailian Girl

Harpin Fraction

Morning Star

Evening Star

Lakpview

Black Diamond

Lightheart

Parker

Old Bill

Free Silver

Shiloh

Royal

Norah

White Pine

Gold Island

Standard

Janny

Amanda

Redman

Twilight

Centre Star

Crowfoot

Blind Canyon

Mineral Zone

Canyon Fraction

Blue Quartz

New York Central

Rover

Blue-Eyed Nelly

Tyne L7353

Comet

Planet

Rocket

Nebraska Girl

Bonanza

Blue Bell

Atlanta

Con^solidated Alabama

IVnnessee
Princess Fraction
T. F. Trask

151

^»- Nam »f claim

?m T; •"• Trask No. 2

•"■' rairview

206 Ruby

207 Galena

208 Free Silver

209 Ma^yBlo.«.m

211 Royal

212 Mohawk

213 Woodside

214 Bee

215 Sunset

216 Pink Diamond
2}8 ten'"^"

io |;?al"oe^-

221 Flossie R

222 Dodo

223 King Solomon

224 Bimetallic

225 Little Perl

226 Jubilee

227 Poncpin
"8 GoldOueen
*if Anne

230 Mulligan

,,' S°''K'"^

iil Porcupine

233 Franklin

234 Nevada

235 Imperial

236 Emerald

237 Sunrise

238 Victor

240 Aurora

241 Tugalla

111 P°"'''e Standard
*43 Salsberry

244 Highland Chief

245 Hunter V

246 OnillL 6069 •

247 Silver Bullion
*»o Empress

249 Santiago

250 Big 4

251 Hercules

252 Snowflake

253 Lerwick

254 Carmencita

255 Eldorado

256 Chichuanua

257 Eldorado No. 2

258 Bernard

2S9 Victor
2M EmprcM
261 Union Jack

1S2

N0. NamnfeMm

262 M«gly ,

263 Admirml

264 ClimM

Mayer

265
266
267
26S

269
270

QiMcn
HoriMhM
Napoteoa
Fourtli of July
Pountney
LawTMica Fraction

t.M

MKMOCOPr nSOWTION TBT CHART

(ANSI ond ISO TEST CHART No. 2)

!■■

|2j8

■ 2J

I£

■h

ti&

|3j2

12.2

lii

IIb

lit

lia 1

11112.0

1.8

yi&^

APPLIED tM/^F

.^^R «"■':' """ •«"" street

_^^Kjk f^ochester, N«w r^rk ufino hca

■a^^B ("6) «2 - OMO - PI,on. "^

■^B-.^^ (716) 2M - 5980 - Fo.

1653 Eost Mom Street

1S7

Plate IV.

Hall series squeezed conglometate. (Page 28.)

159

Wn^m-^"^^

■Kk, ^^r

-if

-SCO

01= u

m* "^1

If.l

I'l. ATK VI.

'■ '^'^I^H-ST-vS'/Sr.™'" '" ■-"■" "- -»

B- Similar phenomena near contact on R i .

of orthoclase feldspar. (Pa^S 34" ^^T ' ' ^"^'^ "«"«ens"

p ■

^u^

'"lATK VII.

16.1

A. "Glory hole" at Hunter V niim- VVhi,
wall*. (Paget 5J, us.)

B. Porphyritic granite on Foghorn trail

Show, aplue dyke natinK the coarj.
(trained granite (Page J4.)

C. Same granite showing pjaty
jointing paraiiel to contact.

§1,

I ^

'■i TK MM.

'""r'S*"';;;^^'"""*"'" -^

,. i..

167

'■late IX.

D. Brflle along Wild Ho ^

169

171

i ''\

I i

17.?

A. PanniMil

B. {"luMiniM ukan rnna CoU Cap prapvty. SboOT iht vtlliy of ■unit awk h

Pl*n XIV

9 «•/«*/(• 0»in

ramniM hnM Hmmt V Mm. (Plfit.).

TCM awk ImmHiv MP h tlMW taiiM. SttOt ri^w $mi mmiii ii*iuury MM !■ hnyuti. (P^*.)

,1!

PMonm* (rom Eliic MeoaUio, lookiag wit fnwi Ndm

Plate XV

I fram Ndna on Wt (to tiM d) to Sdno on right (In tlw leulh). (Page*.)

^^^^^: Sm.

177

INDEX.

Acfaioiriedpnents . A.

^&^i!-««^in.p^y.::::::;:

Aiexandre «

AHuvtum deporiu.

Antimony"'^ '='••"

Arlin^on claim. . ^^™

Arsenic

Anenopyrite.

Atlanta claim . . .

Atlw «

Aupti^'S:"'' '^' ««'^-nd Py^ciutic. ■ •
Azunte

^Wy. mount....

g«"'nge.-,E

Jte,^t.G.H..::.::;::::;

^"•mrH.R •'''*•"•*»"

Bennett, C. E. . .".

BbBopapIiy

Bij Diamond claim.

R. ^Of r claims. ...

Bimetallic claim. .

Birmingham. W. . .'

Btack Diamond clainl

Si^kwck claim. ™

Blair, Oliver...

Bue Ben claim..';

Bue^yed NeUie claim

Bluestone claim

'AGI

3
121
127
93
41
39
82
98
118
109
68
56
90
3
56
56
82
127
112
107
100
29
91
58

.101,

147
131
28
■ ■ ■ 1.78
... 107
68
• • • 123
• 123
98
3
124
122
126
124
91
2,67
94,100
147
118
147

4..

i i

! I

■: i

178

PAW

Bonnington range 7

Boulder Creek belt, claims on 123

BremnM% J. R 91, 96

British Columbia Standard Mining Company 1 16

" Lion Syndicate 122

Britton, F 121

Brock, R. W 27,36,61

Brockway, W. A 146

Broken Hill Mining and Development Company 77

Brown, T 139

Bullion claim 126

Burgess, A 94, 118

Burruss, R. R 73

Bywater claim 76

• S 76,78

Calcite 54, 57

CaWwell, Wm 74

Cambrian 21, 42, 44

Campbell, G. J 116, 138

Canadian Girl claim 108, 112, 147

" Pacific claims 68

Canadian Pacific Exploration Company, Limited 129

Carbonates 57

Carboniferous 27

Cartha^ claim 93

Cenozoic 38

Centennial claim 92

Cerussite 53, 58

Chalcopyrite 53, 56

Chicago National Development Company 93

Chlonte 54, 58

Clearwater Creek belt, claims on 147

Climate 10, 76

Clincher claim 147

Collins, G 126

Columbia Mountain system 7

Colville Indians 148

Commodore claim 68

Connor, M. F 38

Copper 56, 58

Corbould. G. E 110

* W. H 129

Cretaceous 43, 60

Cretaceous peneplain 44

Cristabell claim 123

Croteau, E 93

Curtis, Smith 131

Daly, P 107

« R. A 3, 19, 22, 23, 27, 36, 38, 39, 41, 61

Davis, William 116

Dawault Bros 94

Day, Mr

}Je»ro»ier«, Chaa! .

Rewar.J. A

^war, J. G.

DeVVitt, W. B

Dittrich, Profesiwr. .
Donahoe, E. .

Double Standard ciaira
Dumas claim, . .

Uuncan, Captain..

n , "ver

"undee mine.

n • Mr

Dune sand

Economic geology

^ cherman, George.

Electric claim.

b"se claim. ...

Empress "

Eocene

Eojian deposits.

Ep/dote

Evanson, Mr

Evemng Star claim. V. '.'.'.'..[[

Fairview Fraction. . ^^

Faulting...

Fauna. , .

Fer" Siiil "*'"'"« '^»'J Milling Company.

Field work. . .

Fissure vein.

Fletcher, Frank.

Flora

Elynn, Tom'. '.'.

roghorn claim

rorest

Formations,' description of

Fossils. '"'•'« °f ••..■.■.■.":.'.'■■

^-^I^^iy claim;:::::;::::;;;;;;;-.

Free Silver claim

future c. ,;rict. ;;;;;:;

Galbraith, J. H. . . G.

Galena

Gangues.

Gayette,Alex::

General geology.

Geological history, .;:;:;;

summary of. ; ; ; ; ;

179

PAUK

129

, 72

72, 89

131

122

9.?

2. 48, 62, 109

109

46
' ■ 120
124
2,94
• 121
44
23
58
148
112, 147

123

•■ 138

2.48,62,137

47, 52

138

109

2, 69

•■•..100,102
2.37,43,56
62

72
53, 35, 60
54
95
19
41
44

;(i

lao

Geologjr, economic 45

• general I9

Georyina claim 91

Glacial detpoeiu 4I

Gold " ' ' 5j ^

" Cup Claim '94

'. }^"* I ::::.:::::::::::;62. i46

Queen • I20

Golden Calf claim ^

" Horn claim .....'.'.'... ioo, 126

" Monarrh Mining and Milling Company ' ^

Good Kupe claim 2 72

Goode.iough claim '95

^£«y • A ■ " • I.:'.::.'.'.'.:'.'.::::::: w

Graham, J. H jjj

Granite porphyry 4(j

r- ' «, . * '""'"^ 32

Gray, W. J 2

Grobe. D. E jg, ii2, 120

27,42,

Hadley, O. J

Hall brothers 2

" creek ] . ". '

" Creek belt, claims on

" series

Hand, E. M

Handen, J. W. . . .
Hardy Boy claim.
Hawley, W. S. . .
Hennessey, J. J.. .

Henry, John

History.

72
148
148
137
,44
102

91
139

96
110
2

44
147

55
116

geokwical

* summary of

Hobson Silver-Lead Company 107, m, 112, 126,

Hunter V-Double Standard property

V mine 3, 42.

Interior Plateau 45

lowna claims jlg

J"»n- • ■ ■. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.. 60

pyntes 53

Ivanhoe claim 125

i. C. B. Fraction claim.

ackson, H. L

ennie Bell claim

ohnston, R. A. A

oplin claim

ubilee claim

ulien, A

urassic

.32, 42,

76
89
96
57
123
68

3. 122
67

59, 61

181

Kaolin,

Kearn., H...V.;.

Keefe, G

Keo, p. .

j?"eei. Jos. .■:;::

Kootenay Uke

river.....'.','

}-akes, Anhur. .
Lakeview claim.

- — -^.ii;w L-iaiin. . .

i-amprophyre dylces

Laraimde revolution

i-ardeau ran^e

}^«t Chance claim

Lawrence Fraction claim'. '. '. '.

LeRoy.'o.'E.'.'.'.'.

}-!«htheart claim.

Limonite. .

Lindblad. John: . .'

J-!nagren, W. . .

Lindstrom, O

List of properties. '.

}'0««»>c quartzite. .

te'SClcEir ^"'"-^-^W Fields Company

If veil, O. A. . . .

Lloyd, Mr

McConnell, R. g

McDougall, A.

McMillan Bros'.'.

McMullen J. j. ,

McPherson, T. S

Macoun,J. M...'.'.

Malachite. .

Major, C. E.

Mason, Mr.

Masterton, J. W

Maxwell, Mr.

May Day claim. ...

May Flower claim..

Mesozoic

Meteor<.o^i^^^^.„„^^^^^_^^^.^^_^._.-:

Miller, Mr " Nelson, B.C.

Limited .

rtum
54, $t

132

147

91. 96

112

43, 44

126

^ ", 5S;'S7, 58. M

4,19.63

109

147

100

.... 147

95.108.112

123

'.•5.19.23,27,36,61

123

■•••• 112

129

110

107, 112

:;■ 129

^7,43, 124

124

•■• 124

27, 42, 44

123

\ I

i i

182

PAOS

Miliint 17, lOS, JM, IJ9

Mine development 79

Mincralofcy S4

Mineral*, rock. See aectioni on litholofy.

Mine», dcacriptinn of M

• tilt oi M

Mining 86, lOS, H7, 134, 139

Miocene 40, 43, 44, 43

" Pliocene erosion cycle 43

Molybdenite 56, 124, 128

Monxonite chonolith 36

Morgan, K. B 1 10

Morning Star claim 112

Morriaon, Hu^h 109

Mugwump claim J, 100

Mulligan claim 120

Nankin Pole and Post Company 12, 129, 137

Nealy, Michael 121

Needham, B 126

NelM>n batholith 42, 47, S9, 61

" " stocki, and tongue* 33

" granite 44

" range. . . .• 7

" Swan 120

Nevada claims 120

New Brunswick claim 3

" York Central claim* 122

NichoU, P. J 138

Nora Fraction claim 100

Odell, Mr 78

Old Bill claim 109

" Timer - 57, 97

Olieocene 38,43,44

O'Neill. A. C 112. 114

Ore deposits, age and correlation 61

" * origin of 59

" " sequence of 61

" " types of 47

" occurrence 47

" shoots, classiification of 62

Oronogo claim 68

Oxides 56

Pacific goesynclinal 41

Palaozoic 21, 42. 44

Parker claim 109

Parks, A 69

Parr. A 107

Pellent, G 93

I i

Ptfid-d'Oreill. group
" fin
ichi

183

rinn. .

lUtl.

on.

^' e.m;.:;;::;;

Phaiphate

n/^^T*"^^ contld«r«k>n,
ricre, jeronw. ..

p,' /o*Ph

rweer mining. .

rieistocenc

Pliocene

Porcupine claim. ;;,'.■

Pn^-^D- ^"«'' be'». ciaim,

I'orto Rico mine. . .

I ost-Cambrian. .

PouHn, O

Pountney claim.'. '...■.■.■
^^re-Cambrian. .
rt*«ent itatui of dittrict
Previous work. .

Production of Dundee' mine. .'.■
Production of Fern mine

, ^ *y''?ox mine

D., _•■ .. • mir mine. . . ,

Propertie., lUt of

Pulaskite...

Purcell trench.

Pyrite

promorphite. . .

Pyrrhotite

Quartz

8" f->eek belt, claims on.
uaternary. .
ueen Mary claim.

Ramsay claim. . .

Rand, A. E...

Replacement cre-shoots. '. . .
Revell, G. E

Riblet, B.C. ■.'.'.".■;

Ripple-marks

Roanoke claim .. .
Robertson, B. A

Ro^t,*! J .'^faction claim...!.
Rockland claim .

Rosalia cla'm. ........

Rossland group

Ryan. Mr...,. .'.:;

49, sa

M.I2J

100

♦«. 4S
4S

J. WJ

116

2, 138

is. 44

• • • ■ 100
■21.42,44

109

138

129

101

40. 44

SS. 60

53. 57. 98
S3. 56

S4, 56, 60

. . 126

41. 43. 45

■ • . . 147

110

130

22, 23

3. 73

100

2, lOO

112, 114. 118

47. 52

*» f

184

•.

rAOB

S. J. M. cUIn 61

Mmofi rivtr 9, t4S

■ ■ monaonitt itock M, 4J, 44

Sandercock, W. C U

SchofieM, S. J 22, JJ, 27

Selenium 122

Selkirk Mountain lyitcm 7

Serpentine S8

Sitem Creek camp i

Shrum, R. R 97

Silicates SB

Silver 53, 55, M

" King mine 2

• ReefcUim 90

Situation 2

Skoning, H 147

Slocan range 7

Speak. S. J. 102

Sphalerite 56

Spotted Hone claim 3

Sterling claim 2, 74

Stewart Creek belt, claims on 127

Stover. J. B 120

Stream dcpoaits 41

Stupart, R. F 10

Sulphides 55, tO

Summit claim 2, 98

" series 21, 47

Surprise claim 95

Swanson, John 139, 147

Syenite porphyry 40

Table, correlation according to Daly 23

Table of classification for British Columbia ore-shoots 62

Table of formations 19

Tail, M 89

Tamarac claim 2, 49, 50, 98

Tamarac Mines, Limited 99

Tellurides 55

Tennessee claim 127

Tertiary 44, 60

" tillite 43

Tetrahedrite 53, 56

Thomson, Francis A 146

Thompson, Mr 123

Till.r: 41

Tillite, Tertiary 43

Timber 12, 76, 129, 137

Topography 7

Transportation 76, 128, 137

Tremolite 58

Triassic 27, 42

Tuttle, A. H 78

PAOI
M

148

». 44

». 27
122

7
58

3
97
S8

>, 60

147

102

I. 74

127

120

5, to

!, 98

1.47

147

I'. B rUim

Union Jack claim.

Valhalla rann.
Vernon, A. A. . ,

185
V.

Wad

" Mr

Walker, G,,..

\\;am«r. J. L

Warwick claim

Wa.hburn. B. H

Water supply. .

White. pfciV...; .■:.';.:.■;.•

" Pine claim

.. . • Star •

Willcock claim

Wilcox mine

« «

aMays

Wild Horn belt-i^Nonh Fork. cklm. on. . . . .

Wilkin«,n. Thol '"*' ^"^ ^°'^ Wt. mine. on.

Wilson. Dr

Woldson, Martin. ...'.[

Wolfe, Conrad.

Wood. R. B. ,

PAM

127

J, 121

7
116

148

91.126
139

;• • 110

76. IW, I.J7

t>». 74. 76

109

118

2. 4;8.' 49. 62. 75

139

6Q, 94

100

23
62
19
89

0,98

127

4.60
43

3.56

146

123

, 137

137

7.42

X Ray claim

107

Yankee Girl Gold Mine. Limited

V I, """«

Yelowjtone claim

Ymur Belle claim

Gold Mine. Limited.

mme

" Mint claim. ... .'

„ " town

Yukon Fraction claim! '.'.'.'.

2inc

Zinc blende .

112

.48

62.

112
3

89
100

48.

49,

62,
112.

too

114

.53,

56.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

The Geological Survey was established in 1842 and "Reports
of Progress" were issued, generally in annual volumes, from that
date to 1885, the first report being that for the year 1843 pub-
lished m 1845. Beginning .vith the year 1885, "Annual Reports"
(new series) were published in volumes until 1905, the last beine
vt ^V'r ^^^^- ^^"y °' ^^^ individual reports and maps pub-
lished before 1905 were issued separately and from 1905 to the
present all have been published as separates and no annual
volume has been issued. Since 1910, the reports have been issued
as Memoirs and Museum Bulletins, each subdivided into series
thus: — •

Memoir 41, Geological Series 38.
Memoir 54, Biological Series 2.
Museum Bulletin 5, Geological Series 21.
Museum Bulletin 6, Anthropological Series 3.

In addition to the publications specified above, a Summary
Report IS issued annually; and miscellaneous publications of
various kinds including Reports of Explorations, Guide Books,
etc.. have been issued from time to time.

Memoir 1.
Memoir 2.
Memoir 3.
Memoir 4.

Memoir 5.

Memoir 6.

Memoir 7.
Memoir 8.
Memoir 9.
Memoir 10.

Memoir U.

Memoir 12.

Memoir 13.
Memoir 14.

Memoir 15.
Memoir 16.

Memoir 17.

Memoir 18.
Memoir 19.
Memoir 20.

Publications iMued Since 1909.

MEMOIRS.

CeolotUal Series I. Geoloey of the Nipigoo basin, Ontario.

1910-by Alfred W. G. Wifson. '

Ceolotical Series Z. Geology and ore deposits of He. -y mininK

district, British Columbia, 1910— by Charles Camself.
Geological Series 3. Palieoniscid fishes from the Albert shalea

of New Brunswick, 1910— by Lawrence M. Lambe.
Geological Series 7. Geological reconnaissance along the line of

the National Transcontinental railway in western Quebec,

1911— by \V. J. Wilson.
Geological Series 4. Preliminary memoir on the Lewes and

Nordenslcield Rivers coal district, Yukon Territory, 1910—

by D. D. Cairnas.
Geological Series 5. Geology of the Haliburton and Bancroft

areas. Province of Ontario, 1910— by Frank D. Adams and

Alfred E. Barlow.
Geological Series 6. Geology of St. Bruno mountain, Province

of Quebec, 1910— by John A. Dresser.
Geological Series 8. The Edmonton coal field. Alberta, 1911—

by D. B. Dowling.
Geological Series 9. Bighorn coal basin. Alberta, 1911— by
_G. S. Maltoch.
Geological Series 10. An instrumental survey of the shore-
lines of the extinct lakes Algonquin and Nipissing in south-
western Ontario, 1911— by J. W. Goldthwait.
Topographical Series 1. Triangulation and spirit levelling

of Vancouver island, B.C., 1909, issued 1910— by R. H.

Chapman.
Geological Ser s 11. Insects from the Tertiary lake deposits

of the southern interior of British Columbia, collected by

Mr. Lawrence M. Lambe, in 1906, issued 1911— by Anton

Handlirsch.
Geological Series 14. Southern Vancouver island, 1912— bv

Charles H. Clapp.
Biological Series 1. New species of shells collected by Mr.

John Macoun at Barkley sound, Vancouver island, British

Columbia, 1911— by William H. Dall and Paul Bartsch.
Geological Series 12. On a Trenton Echinoderm fauna at

Kirkfield, Ontario, 1911— by Frank Springer.
Geological Series 13. The clay and shale deposits of Nova

Scotia and portions of New Brunswick, 1911— by Heinrich

Ries assisted by Joseph Keele.
Geological Series 28. Geology and economic resources of the

Larder Lake district, Ont., and adjoining portions of Pontiac

county. Que., 1913— by Morley E. Wilson.
Geological Series 19. Bathurst district, New Brunswick, 1913—

by G. A. Young.
Geological Series 26. Geolcwy of Mother Lode and Sunset

mines, Boundary district, B.C., 1914 — by O. E. LeRoy.
Geological Series 41. Gold fields of Nova Scotia, 1914— by W.

Malcolm.

iJI

Mehoir 21
Memoir 22
Memoir 23

Memoir 24.

Memoir 25.

Memoir 26.
Memoir 27.

Memoir 28.

Memoir 29.
Memoir 30.
Memoir 31.
Memoir 32.

Memoir 33.
Memoir 34.
Memoir 35.

Memoir 36.
Memoir 37.
Memoir 38.

Memoir 39.
Memoir 40.
Memoir 41.
Memoir 42.
Memoir 43.
Memoir 44.
Memoir 45.

Ceologtcal Strits 23. Geoloey of the cna.t I^ '^f'" ^- ?'"««>'•

the Strait of Georgirand n,.»LV^t ^i"** '*'*"'*• between

^1914-byJ.Au,;rnTncroft.°^" ^''"'°"« «""''• BC..

Ctological Series 17. Report of th.. r«^ • •
to mvesti^te Turtle .SaiS! ^^a^f X^r^lff?-^:^

^lt|lt^:t fa J"^'"" '^'«-^' Vukon Territory,

^'dIS. m51bf w.'h'Vo'SI:!-^ °' ^^^''"''^ W'-^

''mrif'ct.'y'tauJe'; ^^^''"'■''" °' """•-'- Ontario.

^Trar*^"^ ff^//**-. Reconnaissance alone the National

Trap .mental railway in southern QueEec! 1913^John

bfS. O Ca^ef ''"■^'°"' °' Atliil'.l.a. B.c"; ife

''mlittl^^C^-^^^^'"^ ^^''« -P-a-. Quebec.
^mliVat^C.L'ts^n'^'''^" ^"""^ <" R^»y I-ke.

easter/AI^r a^^lZlLly^ji^LTrSpSil''^ '" ""«''■
^'^KlIlTy'/KSfe^ ""^ "'^" ''^^^ "^ New Brun-

Mbmoib 46. Antkfopoloiical Strits 7. Clanification of Iroquoian radicals

and subjective pronominal prefixes, 1915 — by C. M. Barbeau.
Memoik 47. CtoUgical Series 39. Clay and shale deposits of the western

provinces, Part III, 1914 — by Heinrich Ries.
Mbmou 48. Anihropolotieal Series 2. Some myths and tales of the Ojibwa

of southeastern Ontario, 1914 — by Paul Radin.
M mon 49. Anthropcloiical Series 4. Malecite Ules, 1914— by W. H.

Mechling.
MuiOikSO. Ceohncat Series 51. Upper White River district, Yukon,

1915— by D. D. Cai.nes.
M mou 51. Ge<dofUal ^»fies 43. Geology of the Nanaimo map-area, 1914 —

by C. H. Clapp.
Mbmoik 52. Ceototical Serus 42. Geological notes to accompany map

of Sheep River gas and oU field. Alberta, 1914— by D. B.

Dowling.
Mbhoii 53. CeolotfCM Series 44. Coal fields of Manitoba, Saskatchewan,

Alberta, and eastern British Columbia (revised edition),

1914— by D. B. Dowling.
Mbmoib 54. Bidogical Series 2. Annotated litt of flowering plants and

ferns of Point Pelee, Ont., and neighbouring districts, 1914—

by C. K. Dodge.
Mbmoib 55. Ceototical Series 46. Geology of Field map-area. Alberta and

British Columbia, 1914 — by John A. Allan.
Mbmoib 56. Ceological Series 56. Geology of Franklin miniig camp, B.C.,

1915— by Chas. W. Drysdale.
Mbmoib 57. Geoloticat Series 50. Corundum, its occurrence, distribution,

exploitation, and uses, 1915 — by A. E. Barlow.
Memoib 58. Ceototical Series 48. Texada island, 1915— by R G. McCon-

nell.
Mbmoib 59. Ceototical Series 55. Coal fields and coal resources of Canada,

1915— by D. B. Dowling.
Memoib 60. Ceototical Series 47. Arisaig-Antigonish district, 1915 — by

M. Y. Williams.
Mbmoib 61. Ceototical Series 45. Moose Mountain district, southern

Alberta (second edition) 1914 — by D. D. Cairnes.
MbMv J2. Antkropolotical Series 5. Abnormal types of speech in Nootka,

1915— by E. Sapir.
Mbmoib 03. Antkropolotical Series 6. Noun reduplication in Comox, a

Salish language of Vancouver island, 1915 — by E. Sapir.
Mbmoib 64. Ceototical Series 52. Preliminary report on the clay and shale

deposits of the f^vince of Quebec, 1915 — by J. Keele.
Mbmoib 65. Geoloticat Series 53. Clay and shale deposits of the western

provinces. Part IV, 1915— by H. Ries.
Memoib 66. Ceototical Series 54. Clay and shale deposits of the western

provinces. Part V, 1915— by J. Keele.
Mbmoib 67. Ceototical Series 49. The Yukon-Alaska Boundary between

Porcupine and Yukon rivers, 1915 — by D. D. Cairnes.
Mbmoib 68. Ceototical Series 59. A geological reconnaissance between

Golden and Kamloops, B.C., along the line of the Canadian

Pacific railway, 1^15 — by R. A. Daly.
Memoib 69. Ceotoncal Series 57. Coal fields of British Columbia, 1915—

D. B Dowling.
Mbmoib 70. Anihropolotieal Series 8. Family hunting territories and social

life of the various Algonkian bands of the Ottawa valley,

1915— by F. G. Speck.
MiSMOIB 71. Anthropological Series 9. Myth- -/nd folk-lore of the Timis-

kaming Algonquin and Timagami Ojibwa, 1915 — by F. G.

Speck.

Memoir 72.
Memoir 73.
Memoir 74.
Memoir 75.
Memoir 76.
Memoir 77.
Memoir 78.
Memoir 79.
Memoir 80.
Memoir 81.
Memoir 82.
Memoir 83.
Memoir 84.
Memoir 85.
Memoir 86.
Memoir 87.
Memoir 88.
Memoir 89.
Memoir 90.
Memoir 91.
Memoir 92.
Memoir 93.
Memoir 94.
Memoir 95.

^W?f.&?^,. ■^'•« ««-- well, of Montre.1. ,9,5-

"«/n.%. /^^ Cr^«iirSa. occu^ce.

Anthropohiical Series 10. Decorative art of InHio„ . -u .

Connecticut. 1915-by Frank GS^k ****" '"'^ "^

X'A^o'Si'et'- Wabanaironoreof Newfoundland. ,9,5-

yi'stfr^^^ttr^. „„•„„ ,„, ^^^^^^^ ^^^^,^^^

^KyXu -M^lilot;;^ '- ««'<'• - Ontario and Quebec.

Geological Series 71 Rn^^"H' ^?\^~by Charles Camsell.
L. Keinecke ^ ™^""'' *"'^«y« '" I'l*. 19,6-by

''at7f9a/r^'(vaur"°'' ''^^ -^^ '<-» P«Pa-
'lS;cSa9,S!t^5^^^|^ad coal ba,l„.

"^^'^^^ J^%i^^^^- ^^nd. British

^t^^^^^^^.... coal
Antkropoloeicat Series /? T^-JT- •

AmerLn^uUure astudyinm«h<ff'1?f^^ '^ c^'^"^'"^'

5^^^7rb7joh^l.?J.etr^'^*'^^^ °^ '^■'^ ^'- Mn.

m^-if C%:hry:^t "'"'"^ '"""'• «"''"* Columbia,
Geological Series 77. Onaping map-area-by W. H. Collin,.

MUSEUM BULLETINS.

The Museum Bulletin*, published bv the C^u^^i c
berKjcon8ecutivelyandareKivenTseriMm.mil,- S?*^^ Survey, are num.

Moi. Bull. 1. Gtoiofical Stries 1. The Trenton crinoid, Ottawacrinui,
(Istutd 1913). W. R. Biltinn— by F. A. Bather.

Ctohtical Seritf 2. Note on Merocrinu*, Walcott — by F. A.

Bather.
C$oloncal Serits 3. The occurrence of Helodont twth at

Roche Miette and vicinity, Alberta — by L. M. Lambe.
Ctohptai Stries 4. Notet on CydocyMoide* — by P. E.

Raymond.
CMrforkai Series S. Notes on aome new and old Trilobives in

the Victoria Memorial Museum — by P. E. Raymond.
CeolotUai Series 6. Description of some new Asaphidae— by

P. E. Raymond.
Geolotical Series 7. Two new speciea of Tetradium— by P. E.

Raymond.
Geolotical Series f. Revision of the species which have been

referred to the genus Bathyurus (preliminary report) —

bj; P, E. Raymond.
Geolotical Series 9. A new Brachiopod from the base of the

Ctica— by A, E. Wilson.
Geolotical Series 10. A new genus of dicotyledonous plant

from the Tertiary of Kettle river, British Columbia—

by W. j. Wilson.
Geolotical Series 11. A new species of Lepidostrobus— by

W.J.Wilson. K> H

Ceolopcal Series 12. Prehnite from Adams sound, Admiralty

inlet. Baffin island, Franklin — by R. A. A. Johnston.
Biological Series 1. The marine algx of Vancouver island-
by F. S. Collins.
Bi<4otical Series 2. New species of mollusks from the Atlantic

and Pacific coasts of Canada— by W. H. Dall and P.

Bartsch.
Biototical Series 3. Hydroids from Vancouver island and

Nova Scotia— by C. McLean Fraser.
Anthrofolotical Series 1. The archseology of Blandford town-
ship, Oxford county, Ontario — by W. J. Wintemberg.
Geological Series 13. The origin of granite (micropegmatite)

in the Purcell sills— by S. J. Schofield.
Geological Series 14. Columnar structure in limutone— by

E. M. Kindle.
Geological Sfries IS. Suppooed evidences of subsidence of the

coast of New Brunswick within modern time— by J. W.

Gold'hwait.
Geological Series 16. The Pre-Cambrian (Beltian) rocks of

■cutheastem British Columbia and their correlation — by

S. J. Schofield.
Geological Series 17. Early Cambrian stratigraphy in the

North American Cordillera, with discussion of Albertella

and related faunas — by L. D. Burling.
Geolotical Series 18. A preliminary study of the variations

of the plications of Parastrophia hemiplicata, Hail-
by A. E. Wilson.
Anthropological Series 2. Some aspects of puberty fasting

among the Ojibwa— by Paul Radin.
Mus. Bull. 3. Geolotical Series 19. The Anticosti Island faunas, 1914— by

W. H. Twenhofel.
Mus. Bdfll. 4. Geological Series 20. The Crowsnest volcanics, 1914— by J. D.

MacKenzie.

Mus. Bull. 2.
(Isaued 1914).

Mus. Bull. 6. Anlkropotoiical SerU, 3. rTThLric .„?*»""°"''-

«... B^ ,. .-^TA^"''/- ^^'H'£?T^^'»s=:
M... B.L. .0. .-^S;:^ s^^r^/" "• •^"" -'

Mus. Bull. 13.

Mus. BULL. ,4. C.<^^^ai^'te2^:^^

Mus. BULL. ». Ceaft^^^lji-.^ Sl^ F^-fcaf '' "" '"«

MUS. BULL. .. Ajt^i^^ "" "-^"- --^-•

M.S. BULL. n. cdr^^^^yf;^^' •" "°^^ ^"'•^•

Mus. BULL. IS. ..a5f 7^ i v.^^= '"^^ '' '-'' """^-

&a^?:,^,oi^'J^^i^"' elation, °L"'' P^-Cam.

Lawrence vall^° wTf-bv E M '£?• ^""''' "nd St.
M., D .» Burling. ^' " "y ^- M. Kindle and L. D.

Mui. Bull, 19. Antkropoloeital Seris, 7 4 i, . u , .

Ceoloricai Series 29 An c- '^77?^ ^- ^P""-

fo^K-^f Ontario. '^^975^1"''^°^"^,?''' ^'^««"'
Geuhgual Series 30. NoteaV^ fi.« " i *^'"'ams.

tolojy of the lower &iStch.«n *^'°^ ".P'' Pa'*"""
by E. M. Kind£ sa^atchewan River valley. 1915-

"" -twi'felL'"''''^''"*''^ Killarney granite. ,916

Mus. Bull. 20.
Mus. Bull. 21.

Mus. Bull. 22.
Mus. Bull. 23.

Mus. Bull. 24.

N"ion£fran4„^i&Xrten°'lat r"°" '"'"T^ ''^ *"•
Ont., 1910-by W. H. Collins °etw«n lake Nipigon and Clay lake,

depo«t?Sf^CanadarilM^'R'w''Elu""'' '"^^^^ of the oil-.hale

.nd Gr.'^-H^^Krrd N-h ^w^r^s^^nj-j^fe

I i

vUi

Summery Report (or th« calendar year 1909, iaiued 1910.

Report on a traverie through the louthern part of the North Waat Tern-
lorlce, from Uc Seul to Cat Ukc, in 1902, iaaued 1911— by Alfred W. G.
Wilaon.

Report on a part of the North Weet Territories drained by the Winlak
and Upper Attawapitkat riven. 1911— by W. Mclnnes. ..._,,

Report on the geology of an area adjoinmg the eait aide of lain Timia-
kaming, 1911— by Mortey E. WiUon.

Summary Report for the calendar year 1910, iMued 1911.

Summary Report for the calendar year 1911, iieued 1912.

Guide Book No. 1. Excuraiona In eaatern Quebec and the Maritime
Provincca, parti 1 and 2, 1913. , , ^ ^ _ . , , « .

Guide Book No. 2. Excurtiont in the Eaatern Townahips of Quebec and
the eaatern part of Ontario, 1913.

Guide Book No. 3. Excuraiona in the neighbourhood of Montreal and

Ottawa, 1913.

Guide B3ok No. 4.

Guide Book No. 5.
ManitouUn bland, 1913.

Guide Book No. 8.

Excuniona in touthweatern Ontario, 1913.
Excuraion* in the weitem peninaula of Ontario and

Toronto to Victoria and return via Canadian Pacific
and Canadian Northern railways; parts 1, 2, and 3, 1913.

Guide Book No. 9. Toronto to Victoria and return via Canadian Pacific,
Grand Trunk Pacific, and National Transcontinental railways, 1913.

Guide Book No. 10. Excursions in northern Britbh Columbia and
Yukon Territory and along the north Pacific coast, 1913.

Summary Report for the calendar year 1912, issued 1914.

Prospector's (landbook No. 1. Notes on radium-bearing minerals,
1914— by Wyatt Malcolm. . .„.,u^f

The arcnxological collection from the southern interior of British Colum-
bia, 1914— by Harlan I. Smith.

Summary Report for the calendar year 1913, issued 191S.

Summary Report for the calendar year 1914, issued 1915.

Summary Report for the calendar year 1915, issued 1916.

Lt:l

lb-

tnd
tnd

tnd
ific
Ific.
ind

•b.
I in-

if
m

■ I-

if
It-

• -

■MMMMiaMMMlHMMM

I.EGKKD

OUATCHNAKV

z
u
u

TCRTIARV

\Vi-

JURASStC

iSA

InRntmmt of Jttnn

N P t Blomdim. Mints r(M. R C. M'(oi»Niu.DtPurr MimtTiii

•tOUMICAI. •UNVIV

iHmtg iM AS

\\\ •-

U- 4V \A i lM-la««l

j:.eoemd

Ctatamm

JUMASBIC

TKlAMiCi*)

CANMMirKMew*
CAMBHIAM

eAMMIIMt
Mtt-CAMWUAM

■^^■ir Mmm*' V C

ttittBMlitaM*

Mife

MAP VTBJL

YMIR

KOOTENAY DISTRICT

BRITISH COLUMBIA
Soide. oln

_a a.

) MILS TO • IMCM

oeoLoov

TOPOOR

I'M .m^t^ pii>i»
c tv DifrsaM.1

4M4d VMM

r^'^-i

Wstav

|a>>*««Ml

k:::::^

r iJUii wm 9t^^ ■»